• Zum Hauptinhalt springen
  • Zur Haupt-Navigation springen
  • Zur Unternavigation/zum Nebeninhalt springen
  • Zur Suche springen
  • Zur Meta-Navigation springen
  • Zum Footer springen
Universität Luzern
  • Startseite
  • Aktuell ausgewähltSuche
  • Teilen
  • Drucken
  • Zeige Ergebnisse auf English (Treffer)Treffer)

Suchergebnisse für w.c

Filter0

Filtern nach

404 Treffer

    • Dokument

    Wegleitung_MAS_CAS_CAS_Leadership_and_Purpose_20251114.pdf

    Gesetzessammlung Kanton Luzern 541w) 2. Reglement zum Weiterbildungsangebot «CAS in Reflective Leadership [...] cas-in-leadership-and-purpose-1-1/#tab=c173111 Seite: 3/5 www.unilu.ch - Umfang mindestens 15 ECTS - Mit

    Grösse: 175 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 14.11.2025

    pdf

    • Dokument

    MAS_Leadership_Broschuere.indd

    H um an fa kt or en » C A S in In fo rm at io n M an ag em en t a nd L ea d er sh ip «F ok [...] em en t» Mastermodul Masterarbeit C A S in D ec is iv e Le ad er sh ip w äh re nd F üh ru ng sl eh rg [...] id un g sf in d un g » od er 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 8 ECTS 13 ECTS «Führungskräfte

    Grösse: 5 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 19.02.2026

    pdf

    • Dokument

    MAS_Leadership_Broschuere.indd

    H um an fa kt or en » C A S in In fo rm at io n M an ag em en t a nd L ea d er sh ip «F ok [...] em en t» Mastermodul Masterarbeit C A S in D ec is iv e Le ad er sh ip w äh re nd F üh ru ng sl eh rg [...] id un g sf in d un g » od er 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 13 E C T S 8 ECTS 13 ECTS «Führungskräfte

    Grösse: 5 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 19.02.2026

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Microsoft Word - masterarbeit-entwurf-2-vollst.doc

    Basenpaare A-T und C-G gegenüberste- hen. Ueber Wasserstoffbrücken zwischen den gepaarten [...] 5a - c: Schematische Darstellung des DNA-Fragmentlängenpolymorphismus [...] erhöht und liegt nun zwischen 68° C und 72° C. Die für die Synthese des neuen DNA-Strangs benötigten

    Grösse: 1 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 09.06.2016

    pdf

    • Inhaltsseite

    Dr. Evelyne Tauchnitz

    /8C3521EF9D26646B050C6EF9554D37E4 Tauchnitz, E. (2025). Doing Peace. [...] and Political Rights. In Amann, W., Stachowicz-Stanusch, A., Tripathi, S.K., Khan, S., von Kimakowitz

    www.unilu.ch/fakultaeten/tf/professuren/theologische-ethik/mitarbeitende/dr-evelyne-tauchnitz/

    • Dokument

    KSF

    KSF LEHRVERANSTALTUNGEN ETHNOLOGIE VORLESUNGSVERZEICHNIS HERBSTSEMESTER 2021 KULTUR- UND SOZIALWISSEN- SCHAFTLICHE FAKULTÄT ETHNOLOGISCHES SEMINAR 2 3 Inhaltsverzeichnis Adressen und Öffnungszeiten 4 Informationen 5 Leitfaden zum Studium der Ethnologie im BA 8 Leitfaden zum Studium der Ethnologie im MA 12 Wie kann ein Studienverlauf konkret aussehen? 15 Lehrveranstaltungen des Ethnologischen Seminars 16 Anrechenbare Lehrveranstaltungen aus anderen Fachbereichen 28 Stundenplan HS 2021 32 4 Adressen und Öffnungszeiten Universität Luzern Ethnologisches Seminar Frohburgstr. 3 Postfach 4466 6002 Luzern ethnosem@unilu.ch Professuren: Bettina Beer, Prof. Dr., bettina.beer@unilu.ch Seminarleitung (Sprechstunde nach Vereinbarung) Büro 3.A28 Sandra Bärnreuther, Ass.-Prof. Dr. phil., sandra.baernreuther@unilu.ch (Sprechstunde nach Vereinbarung) Büro 3.A31 Studienberatung: Tobias Schwörer, Dr., tobias.schwoerer@unilu.ch Fachstudienberater und Mobilitätsverantwortlicher Tel. ++41 (0)41 229 55 73 Büro 3.A20 Sekretariat: Luzia Weber, luzia.weber@unilu.ch Tel. ++41 (0)41 229 55 71 Büro 3.A27 Öffnungszeiten Sekretariat: Montag: 8.00 - 12.00 / 13.30 - 16.30 Uhr Dienstag: 8.00 - 12.00 / 13.30 - 16.30 Uhr Mittwoch: 8.00 - 12.00 / 13.30 - 16.30 Uhr mailto:bettina.beer@unilu.ch mailto:sandra.baernreuther@unilu.ch mailto:luzia.weber@unilu.ch 5 Informationen 1. Abschlüsse Promotion Ibrahim Ankaoglu: “Anarchie und Subsistenzwirtschaft bei den Tau´t Batu. Eine ethnologische Fallstudie im Hochland von Palawan (Philippinen).“ (Betreuerin: Bettina Beer) Willem Church: “Anticipating Gold: Factional Competition around a Prospective Copper-Gold Mine, Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea” (Betreuerin: Bettina Beer) Master Irina Picmous: “Eine kritische Diskussion der ethnologischen Literatur zu den Berdaches-Two-Spirits in Nordamerika. Perspektiven aus der Queer(ing) Anthropology“ (Betreuerin: Bettina Beer) Anina Koch: “Beauty is in the skin“: Ein Vergleich der Hautaufhellungspraktik in Jamaika, Tansania und Japan (Betreuerin: Anika König) Sarah Suter: “Every Drop. The Anti-Politics Machine of Drilling Boreholes in Isiolo, Kenya“ (Betreuer: Tobias Haller) Kendra Bätschers: “Nachhaltigkeit” – global vs. lokal. Eine ethnologische Begriffsanalyse anhand des Fallbeispiels der Huaorani in Ecuador und der Ressourcenextraktion (Betreuerin: Bettina Beer) Joy Amendola: “Kultur in der Schule: Das Kulturkonzept im Zürcher Bildungssystem. Eine ethnologische Analyse des Kulturbegriffs im Unterrichtsfach Religionen, Kulturen, Ethik“ (Betreuerin: Bettina Beer) Simon Jäggi: “Instead of Waiting: Eine visuelle Ethnologie zur Wartesituation von Menschen im Bundesasylzentrum Basel“ (Betreuer: Tobias Schwörer) Bachelor Lisa Studer: “Wenn Trauma zum Beweis der Wahrheit wird: eine ethnologische Analyse der Bedeutung von Traumadiagnose in der europäischen Asylpolitik“ (Betreuerin: Sandra Bärnreuther) Latest Publications Bettina Beer 2020 Der Brief als Forschungsfeld. Ethnologie. In: Marie Isabel Matthews-Schlinzig, Jörg Schuster, Jochen Strobel (Hg.), Handbuch Brief. Von der frühen Neuzeit bis zur Gegenwart, 125-140, Band 1. Berlin: De Gruyter. Bettina Beer und Anika König (Hg.) 2020 Methoden Ethnologischer Feldforschung. (3. völlig überarbeitete und erweiterte Neuauflage). Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Sandra Bärnreuther 2021 Racializing Infertility: How South/Asian-ness has been Constituted as an Independent Risk Factor in Infertility Research and IVF Practice. In: Social Science and Medicine 2020 Traders of Gametes, Brokers of Values: Mediating Commercial Gamete Donations in Economy & Society 49(3): 455-473. https://doi.org/10.1080/03085147.2020.1743074 2. Studentische Mobilität Wer ein oder mehrere Semester an einer anderen Universität im In- oder Ausland studieren möchte, sollte sich angesichts der Fristen und relativ kurzen Regelstudienzeit von 6 Semestern im BA und 4 Semestern im MA möglichst frühzeitig über die Modalitäten der Studierendenmobilität informieren und mit den für die Mobilität zuständigen Personen im Dekanat und im Seminar sowie mit der Fachstudienberatung Kontakt aufnehmen. Besonders vorteilhaft sind Austauschsemester an ausländischen Partneruniversitäten im Rahmen des ERASMUS- Programms. Weitere Informationen befinden sich auf der Website der Universität Luzern: https://www.unilu.ch/international/mobilitaet/studierendenmobilitaet/studierende-outgoing/ https://doi.org/10.1080/03085147.2020.1743074 https://www.unilu.ch/international/mobilitaet/studierendenmobilitaet/studierende-outgoing/ 6 3. Facebook-Gruppe „Ethnologie Luzern“ Am Ethnologischen Seminar ist eine offene Facebook-Gruppe („Ethnologie Luzern“) entstanden, zu der alle Studierenden und Interessierten herzlich eingeladen sind! 4. Informationskompetenz Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek Luzern (ZHB) Einmal im Jahr wird jeweils im Herbstsemester von der ZHB ein Modul zur Informationskompetenz angeboten, das Teil der Vorlesung "Einführung in die Ethnologie" ist. Eine Doppelstunde findet im Rahmen der Vorlesung statt, zwei Doppelstunden werden als Block angeboten. Der Termin wird rechtzeitig bekannt gegeben. Der Besuch der Veranstaltung zur Informationskompetenz ist für alle Studierenden verpflichtend. Ohne den Nachweis des Besuchs der Veranstaltung ist eine Zulassung zur BA- Prüfung nicht möglich. Studierende aus integrierten Studiengängen können wählen, in welchem der an ihrem Studiengang beteiligten Fächer sie daran teilnehmen. Studierenden der Ethnologie wird dringend empfohlen, diese im Rahmen der Einführungsvorlesung zu absolvieren. 5. News Rachel E. Smith Since last year, Rachel E. Smith is joining the department as a Lecturer, and is also a Research Associate in the Max Planck Cambridge Centre for the Study of Ethics, Human Economy and Social Change (MaxCam). Her PhD research, completed in 2016, examined the relationships between kinship and economy in island Vanuatu. Her thesis was based on 16 months’ fieldwork (November 2011-March 2013) looking at social changes due to a high degree of engagement in New Zealand’s ‘Recognised Seasonal Employer’ (RSE) program, in which islanders engage in overseas seasonal labour in the horticultural industry. Her research was part of an ESRC- funded comparative research project, 'Domestic Moral Economy: an ethnographic study of value in the Asia- Pacific region’. From 2016-2018, Rachel was a Postdoctoral Fellow in Anthropology at Stanford University conducting research in Vanuatu as part of the interdisciplinary research project, 'Mind and Spirit’, focussed on comparative spiritual experience and theory of mind. Her current research explores the ethics and economy of kava, a soporific beverage with relaxant and medicinal properties. Kava is associated in Vanuatu with ritual and customary medicine but there are now flourishing domestic and international markets for recreational, and pharmaceutical uses, leading to great hopes for economic development but also uncertainties and contestations over its economic, political and ethical values. Willem E. Church From October 2021, Willem Church will be commencing a two-year post-doctoral research stay at the Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology in the Department of Human Behaviour, Ecology and Culture, funded by the Swiss National Science Foundation. His research will involve developing computational models of changing social norms in multi-cultural populations. Through such simulations, the project asks: what conditions shape the dynamics of norms when individuals interact in a heterogeneous population of actors, each with different normative expectations? Which norms become dominant, to what extent, and why? Winteruniversiade 2021 Im Dezember 2021 findet die 30. Austragung der Winteruniversiade mit Luzern als Host City statt. Das Programm besteht aus Sportwettkämpfen mit internationalen Gästen in insgesamt zehn Wintersportarten und einem wissenschaftlichen Austausch im Rahmen der FISU-Weltkonferenz für Innovation - Bildung - Sport an der Universität Luzern. Das Universitätsgebäude der Uni Luzern ist eine der zentralen Örtlichkeiten für die Organisation dieser Veranstaltung und wird deshalb vom 1. Dezember 2021 bis zum 2. Januar 2022 für die Öffentlichkeit gesperrt. Alle Veranstaltungen finden deshalb ab dem 01. Dezember 2021 bis Ende des Semesters per Zoom statt. 7 6. Schwerpunkte Neben theoretischen, methodischen und regionalen Lehrveranstaltungen bietet das Ethnologische Seminar Lehrveranstaltungen zu folgenden Schwerpunkten an: 1) Politik und Wirtschaft, 2) Medizin und Technologie, 3) Soziale Nahbeziehungen. Veranstaltungen und Vorträge von Gastwissenschaftler*innen ergänzen das Lehrprogramm. Unser Unterrichtskonzept betont die enge Verbindung von Forschung und Lehre: Wir verwenden Probleme und Ergebnisse aus laufenden Forschungsprojekten als Beispiele in der Lehre und ermutigen Studierende, eigene Projekte zu entwickeln und an Feldforschungsexkursionen teilzunehmen. Politik und Wirtschaft Im Mittelpunkt der Politik- und Wirtschaftsethnologie stehen zum Einen die politische und wirtschaftliche Organisation unterschiedlichster Gesellschaften. Zum Anderen beschreiben Ethnolog*innen wie lokale Kontexte von nationalen sowie globalen politischen und wirtschaftlichen Dynamiken beeinflusst werden. Weiterhin untersuchen Ethnolog*innen zunehmend diese Prozesse selbst und nehmen zum Beispiel den Nationalstaat, Bürokratien oder kapitalintensive Großprojekte unter die Lupe. Am Seminar erforschen wir zum Beispiel die Folgen von Ressourcen-Nutzung durch Plantagenwirtschaft und Bergbau in verschiedenen Gebieten der Welt. Wir fragen aber auch: Wie wird eine staatliche Krankenversicherung in Indien für ärmere Bevölkerungsschichten geplant und umgesetzt? Oder auf welche Art und Weise setzten sich ökonomische Logiken in der Gesundheitsversorgung durch und restrukturieren diese? Medizin und Technologie Medizin und Technologie aus ethnologischer Perspektive zu beleuchten bedeutet, diese (oft als objektiv oder „natürlich“ erfahrenen) Phänomene als Untersuchungsobjekte zu betrachten und zum Gegenstand sozialwissenschaftlicher Analysen zu machen. Dies geschieht im engen interdisziplinären Austausch, zum Beispiel mit den science and technology studies oder der Wissen(schaft)sgeschichte. Auf welche Art und Weise sind Medizin und Technologie im täglichen Leben präsent? Wie werden sie in spezifischen Kontexten hergestellt, wahrgenommen, genutzt und evtl. umgedeutet? Inwiefern werden diese Erfahrungen durch historische, politische und ökonomische Einflüsse geprägt, und in welchem Zusammenhang stehen sie mit sozialen Ungleichheiten? In unseren Forschungen arbeiten wir über Ideale einer universalen Gesundheitsversorgung, Gesundheitspolitik, Biotechnologien und Digitalisierung vorwiegend in Südasien und Ostafrika. Ein weiterer Fokus liegt auf globalen Vernetzungen und Asymmetrien, insbesondere in Form von Süd-Süd Beziehungen. Soziale Nahbeziehungen Seit Beginn der Ethnologie als wissenschaftlicher Disziplin besteht ein großes Interesse an der Organisation der Beziehungen, die sowohl für das alltägliche Leben als auch für die Reproduktion des kollektiven Lebens zentral sind: Familie, Haushalte, die erweiterte Verwandtschaft sowie das Zusammenleben in Siedlungen oder Nachbarschaften. Diese Nahbeziehungen sind Grundlage der weiteren sozialen Organisation, etwa des wirtschaftlichen und politischen Lebens. Gleichzeitig reagieren Nahbeziehungen auf historische Transformationen. Wenn sie sich wandeln, verändern sich auch andere Bereiche des sozialen Lebens. Heute fragen wir uns zum Beispiel: Wie verändert internationale Migration soziale Nahbeziehungen? Oder was geschieht mit familiären Beziehungen, wenn neue Reproduktionstechnologien die Möglichkeiten Kinder zu bekommen verändern? 8 Leitfaden zum Studium der Ethnologie im BA (Bachelor of Arts in Ethnologie / BA in Social and Cultural Anthropology) Musterstudienplan Im Folgenden wird der Musterstudienplan für das BA-Studium im Major aufgeführt. Auf Unterschiede zum Minorstudium gehen die anschliessenden Beschreibung der Veranstaltungstypen und Anforderungen ein. Der Musterstudienplan entspricht der Wegleitung Bachelorstufe der Studien- und Prüfungsordnung 2016 vom 29. Juni 2016 (Stand 1. August 2020). Download unter: www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente Musterstudienplan: BA Ethnologie Major Studienbeginn ab HS 2021 I Studienleistungen Major Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in die Ethnologie 3 A s s e s s m e n ts tu fe (1 . & 2 . S e m e s te r) Proseminar Einführung in die Ethnologie 4 Methodenseminar Einführung in die Methoden der Ethnologie 4 Proseminar Regionale Einführung 4 Proseminararbeit1 4 Proseminar Geschichte der Ethnoloige 4 Proseminararbeit 4 Informationskompetenz Im Rahmen einer ausgewiesenen Lehrveranstaltung Orientierungsgespräch Kolloquialvorlesung Einführung in Bereiche der Ethnologie 3 H a u p ts tu d iu m (3 .-6 . S e m e s te r) Zwei Hauptseminare Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 8 Zwei Hauptseminararbeiten Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 12 Hauptseminar 4 Hauptseminararbeit 6 Weitere Studienleistungen 15 II Studienleistungen im Minor Studienleistungen Minor2 50 III Freie Studienleistungen ganzes Studium Freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, inklusive Sozialkompetenz (0-4 Cr) 20 IV BA-Abschluss BA-Arbeit Major 25 Mündliche BA-Prüfung Major 5 Schriftliche BA-Prüfung Minor 5 1 Auch Arbeiten, die zum Methodenseminar geschrieben werden, müssen inhaltlichen Charakter haben. 2 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Minors http://www.unilu.ch/ksf-reglemente 9 Veranstaltungstypen und Anforderungen im Bachelorstudium Kolloquialvorlesung (KVL): Einführung in die Ethnologie Diese Pflichtveranstaltung ist als Überblick und Einführung in das Studium der Ethnologie, in Gegenstand, Methodik, Grundbegriffe und Geschichte des Faches angelegt und sollte im ersten oder zweiten Semester besucht werden. Sie soll Antworten auf die Fragen geben, was Ethnologie ist und welche Fragestellungen mit welchen Methoden verfolgt werden. Neben fachspezifischen Methoden und Theorien werden auch fächerübergreifende wissenschaftliche Arbeitsweisen vorgestellt. Sowohl praktische Studien- und Arbeitstechniken als auch wissenschaftstheoretische Grundlagen sind Gegenstand der Lehrveranstaltung. In der Einführung sollen Erstsemester außerdem eine eigene Vorstellung davon entwickeln, welchen Sinn das Studium der Ethnologie hat und welches ihre eigenen Zielsetzungen sind. Aus diesem Grund wird auch die Frage der Berufsperspektiven berücksichtigt. Informationskompetenz Zentral- und Hochschulbibliothek Luzern (ZHB) Einmal im Jahr jeweils im Herbstsemester bietet die ZHB ein Modul zur Informationskompetenz an. Eine Doppelstunde findet im Rahmen der Vorlesung "Einführung in die Ethnologie" statt, zwei Doppelstunden werden als Block angeboten. Der Termin wird rechtzeitig bekannt gegeben. Für Studierende ist der Besuch der Veranstaltung zur Informationskompetenz verpflichtend. Ohne den Nachweis des Besuchs der Veranstaltung ist eine Zulassung zur BA-Prüfung nicht möglich. Studierende aus integrierten Studiengängen können wählen, in welchem der an ihrem Studiengang beteiligten Fächer sie daran teilnehmen. Studierenden der Ethnologie wird dringend empfohlen diese im Rahmen der Einführungsvorlesung zu absolvieren. Proseminar (PS): Einführung in die Ethnologie Ergänzend zur Kolloquialvorlesung "Einführung in die Ethnologie" wird im ebenfalls obligatorischen Proseminar basierend auf einem Lehrbuch und zusätzlichen Artikeln ein Überblick über das Fach gegeben. Die Veranstaltung wird jedes Semester angeboten. Kolloquialvorlesung (KVL): Einführung in Bereiche der Ethnologie Zusätzlich zur Kolloquialvorlesung „Einführung in die Ethnologie“ werden regelmäßig einführende Vorlesungen in die Schwerpunkte der Mitarbeiter*innen des Ethnologischen Seminars angeboten. Von den Vorlesungen zur Einführung in die verschiedenen Bereiche der Ethnologie ist ebenfalls eine obligatorisch zu besuchen. In diesen Vorlesungen wird ein erster Überblick über die behandelten Themen gegeben, die dann in Haupt- und Masterseminaren vertieft werden können. Methodenseminar (MS): Einführung in Methoden der Ethnologie In dieser Pflichtveranstaltung wird anhand von einer oder mehrerer ethnologischer Monographien gezeigt, wie Ethnologen Forschungsfragen entwickeln, sich Problemen annähern und mit welchen empirischen Methoden sie Daten erheben und wie sie diese auswerten. Auch Strategien der Darstellung von Forschungsergebnissen werden diskutiert. Die Veranstaltung wird jedes Semester angeboten. Proseminar (PS): Regionale Einführung In diesem ebenfalls obligatorischen Proseminar werden abwechselnd zu verschiedenen regionalen Gebieten Veranstaltungen angeboten. Im Mittelpunkt steht die Lektüre und Diskussion klassischer und vorbildlicher ethnographischer Texte. Die Auseinandersetzung mit ethnographischen Quellen dient sowohl der Vertiefung des Stoffes des methodischen Seminars als auch dem Erwerb regionaler Kompetenzen (Süd- und Südostasien, Ostafrika, Ozeanien u.a.). Die Veranstaltung wird jedes Semester angeboten und kann aufgrund wechselnder Inhalte auch mehrmals besucht werden. Zudem dient dieses Proseminar dem Einüben wissenschaftlicher Arbeitstechniken der Ethnologie. Proseminar (PS): Geschichte der Ethnologie Im Zentrum dieses obligatorischen Proseminars steht die Lektüre und Diskussion klassischer Texte aus der Geschichte des Faches von der Zeit der Aufklärung bis zu rezenten theoretischen Debatten. Die Vorlesung „Einführung in die Geschichte der Ethnologie“ kann ebenfalls angerechnet werden. Sie gibt einen Überblick über Fragestellungen, Grundannahmen und Methoden von Hauptrichtungen der Ethnologie. Die Veranstaltungen werden regelmäßig angeboten und können aufgrund wechselnder Inhalte auch mehrmals besucht werden. Wissenschaftsgeschichtliche Kenntnisse sind in mehrfacher Hinsicht von Bedeutung: Für die Ausbildung ist es häufig praktischer, mit leichter verständlichen älteren Autoren und Publikationen zu beginnen, die Grundlage und Bezug für komplexere neuere sind. Zentrales Anliegen der Lehrveranstaltungen ist es, Wissenschaft als Prozess verständlich zu machen, in dem auch das heute Modernste vielleicht morgen schon als "out" gilt, andererseits aber scheinbar neueste Ideen Jahrhunderte alt sein können. Grundlegende Kenntnisse in der Geschichte ethnologischer Theorien und Methoden der Ethnologie werden bei der BA-Abschlussprüfung vorausgesetzt. Proseminararbeiten Zu zwei der in einem Proseminar oder im Methodenseminar behandelten Themen muss eine schriftliche Hausarbeit im Umfang von 15 Seiten nach Absprache mit der jeweiligen Dozentin bzw. dem Dozenten angefertigt werden. Die Arbeiten werden benotet. Wichtig: Erst nachdem der Dozentin bzw. dem Dozenten eine Disposition (inklusive Literaturangaben) vorgelegt wurde und diese/r die Disposition (allenfalls unter dem Vorbehalt der Verbesserung) gutgeheissen hat, kann mit 10 dem Abfassen der Arbeit begonnen werden bzw. gilt die Dozentin oder der Dozent als offizielle Betreuungsperson der Arbeit. Orientierungsgespräch Das im Major obligatorische Orientierungsgespräch soll zum einen die Studierenden hinsichtlich der generellen Eignung zum Studium orientieren und zum zweiten Empfehlungen für die inhaltliche Gestaltung des Hauptstudiums geben. Es findet nach dem zweiten oder spätestens nach dem dritten Fachsemester mit einem der Professorinnen statt. Die Termine sind direkt mit ihnen zu vereinbaren. Mit der Anmeldung ist eine ca. zweiseitige Reflexion über das bisherige Studium einzureichen, die eine Selbsteinschätzung in Bezug auf die erworbenen Fähigkeiten sowie auf Stärken und Schwächen enthalten soll. Des Weiteren müssen ein aktueller Leistungsnachweis mit allen bislang erworbenen Credit Points sowie die Kopie einer schriftlichen Arbeit vorgelegt werden. Hauptseminare (HS) Hauptseminare werden zu verschiedenen Bereichen der Ethnologie (Politik, Wirtschaft, Verwandtschaft, Mensch- Umwelt-Beziehungen) angeboten. Daneben gibt es regelmäßig Lehrveranstaltungen zu weiteren Themen der Ethnologie wie beispielsweise Migration, neue Medien, Religionsethnologie oder Kindheitsforschung. Es muss jeweils aus verschiedenen Bereichen der Ethnologie mindestens ein Hauptseminar besucht werden. Im Major sind weitere Hauptseminare zu frei wählbaren Themen zu besuchen. Im Minor können diese durch andere Veranstaltungen oder schriftliche Arbeiten ersetzt werden. Hauptseminararbeiten Es sind drei schriftliche Hausarbeiten im Umfang von 20-25 Seiten, im allgemeinen im Anschluss an ein Haupt- seminar, nach Absprache mit dem jeweiligen Dozierenden anzufertigen. Die Arbeiten werden benotet. Wichtig: Erst nachdem der Dozentin bzw. dem Dozenten eine Disposition (inklusive Literaturangaben) vorgelegt wurde und diese/r die Disposition (allenfalls unter dem Vorbehalt der Verbesserung) gutgeheissen hat, kann mit dem Abfassen der Arbeit begonnen werden bzw. gilt die Dozentin oder der Dozent als offizielle Betreuungsperson der Arbeit. Sozialkompetenz Wenigstens fünf Studierende können sich zusammenfinden und eine Lektüregruppe organisieren. Zu Lehrveranstaltungen sind auch Tutorate möglich. Listen für empfohlene Literatur sind im Sekretariat 3.A27 erhältlich. Das Vorhaben muss in jedem Fall vor Semesterbeginn mit einer/-m Lehrenden abgesprochen werden, bei dem abschließend ein Protokoll eingereicht wird. Wird die regelmässige Teilnahme am wöchentlichen Forschungskolloquium des Ethnologischen Seminars durch eine Lektüregruppe ergänzt, können zusätzlich zu 2 Credits für freie oder weitere Leistungen 2 Social Credits erworben werden. Weitere Möglichkeiten siehe auch unter: Weisungen zur Vergabe für Credit Points für Sozialkompetenz (SCP) an der Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät: https://www.unilu.ch/fileadmin/fakultaeten/ksf/Dekanat/dok/Reglemente_Merkblaetter_Formulare/Neuste_Version en/Merkblaetter_und_Formulare/WeisungenSocialCredits_KSF.pdf Weitere und freie Studienleistungen Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie sind weder an Veranstaltungen besonderen Typs noch besonderen Inhalts gebunden. Letzteres gilt auch für die freien Studienleistungen, die sowohl innerhalb als auch ausserhalb des Faches Ethnologie erbracht werden können. Anstelle von Veranstaltungsbesuchen ist auch das Verfassen von schriftlichen Arbeiten (in Absprache mit dem Dozierenden) möglich. Seminar- und Forschungskolloquium Im ethnologischen Forschunskolloquium werden aktuelle Forschungen der Mitarbeiterinnen und Mitarbeiter des Seminars vorgestellt, aber auch Gäste eingeladen, die von Themen, Fragestellungen und Ergebnissen ihrer laufenden Forschungen berichten. Bei regelmässiger Teilnahme können 2 Credits erworben werden, die bei freien oder weiteren Studienleistungen anrechenbar sind. Ergänzen Studierende die regelmässige Teilnahme durch eine Lektüregruppe, können sie zusätzlich 2 Social Credits erwerben. BA-Abschluss Um das Studium mit dem BA abzuschließen, muss eine schriftliche Arbeit im Umfang von nicht mehr als 60 Seiten angefertigt werden. Das Thema wird gemeinsam mit einer/m der Dozierenden entwickelt. Außerdem wird eine mündliche Prüfung von 30 Minuten zu zwei verschiedenen Themen abgelegt. Für die mündliche Prüfung werden 5 und für die schriftliche Arbeit 25 Credits vergeben. 11 12 Leitfaden zum Studium der Ethnologie im MA (Master of Arts in Ethnologie / MA in Cultural and Social Anthropology) Voraussetzungen Ein Masterstudium in Ethnologie setzt ein Bachelorstudium voraus. Im Fach Ethnologie müssen mind. 60 Credits erworben worden sein. Von Inhaberinnen und Inhabern eines Bachelordiploms eines andern Faches können vor Aufnahme des Masterstudiums zusätzliche Leistungen in Ethnologie zur Bedingung gemacht werden. Zudem können in allen Fällen für den Abschluss des Masterstudiums weitere Auflagen gemacht werden. Musterstudienplan Masterstudium Das Masterstudium wird in zwei Varianten angeboten, die gewählt werden können: Ein Masterstudium mit Feldforschungspraktikum und eines ohne Feldforschungspraktikum. Für beide Varianten wird empfohlen im Rahmen der freien oder weiteren Studienleistungen im Fachbereich Ethnologie ein Seminar zu empirischen Methoden der Datenerhebung zu besuchen. Das Methodenseminar, in dem insbesondere qualitative Methoden der ethnologischen Feldforschung behandelt und auch geübt werden, bereitet auf einen mindestens dreimonatigen Forschungsaufenthalt im Aus- oder Inland vor. Wird der Studiengang mit Forschungspraktikum gewählt, reduzieren sich die Freien Studienleistungen im Major oder Minor um vier Credits. Es gibt die Möglichkeit Social Credits im Rahmen des Forschungspraktikums zu erwerben. Im Folgenden wird nur der Musterstudienplan im Major aufgeführt. Auf Unterschiede zum Minorstudium wird in der anschliessenden Beschreibung der Veranstaltungstypen und Anforderungen eingegangen. Musterstudienplan Major mit Feldforschungspraktikum I Studienleistungen Major Masterseminar Zu empirischen Methoden der Datenerhebung 4 Schriftliche Masterseminararbeit 6 Masterseminar 4 Schriftliche Masterseminararbeit 6 Forschungspraktikum 18 II Studienleistungen im Minor Studienleistungen Minor1 20 III Freie Studienleistungen im Major oder Minor Freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, inklusive Sozialkompetenz (0-4 Cr)2 17 Musterstudienplan Major ohne Feldforschungspraktikum I Studienleistungen Major Masterseminar Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 4 Schriftliche Masterseminararbeit Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 6 Masterseminar Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 4 Schriftliche Masterseminararbeit Aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen wählbar (Politik und Wirtschaft, Medizin und Technologie, Soziale Nahbeziehungen) 6 Weitere Leistungen Major 14 II Studienleistungen im Minor Studienleistungen Minor1 20 III Freie Studienleistungen im Major oder Minor Freie Studienleistungen Studienleistungen, inklusive Sozialkompetenz (2-6 Cr) 21 IV Masterverfahren MA-Arbeit Major 30 Mündliche MA-Prüfung Major 10 Schriftliche MA-Prüfung Minor 5 1 Siehe Musterstudienplan des gewählten Minors 2 Zwei Credits in Sozialkompetenz werden als Teil des Forschungspraktikums (als Forschungsbeitrag) verrechnet. Es können noch bis zu vier weitere Credits in Sozialkompetenz geleistet werden. 13 Veranstaltungstypen und Anforderungen im Masterstudium Masterseminare (MAS) Masterseminare werden zu verschiedenen Bereichen der Ethnologie (Politik und Wirtschaft, Soziale Nahbeziehungen/Verwandtschaft, Medizin und Technologie) angeboten. Außerdem werden regelmäßig Lehrveranstaltungen zu weiteren aktuellen Themen in das Lehrprogramm aufgenommen. Im MA-Major ohne Feldforschungspraktikum und im MA-Minor sollten die Masterseminare aus zwei verschiedenen Bereichen der Ethnologie gewählt werden. Masterseminararbeit Zu zwei in den Masterseminarien behandelten Themen sollten zwei schriftliche Masterseminararbeiten nach Absprache mit der jeweiligen Dozentin bzw. dem Dozenten angefertigt werden. Diese Arbeiten werden benotet und sind auch als Übung für die Masterarbeit anzusehen. Sie sollen einen Umfang von 20-25 Seiten haben. Wichtig: Erst nachdem der Dozentin bzw. dem Dozenten eine Disposition (inklusive Literaturangaben) vorgelegt wurde und diese/r die Disposition (allenfalls unter dem Vorbehalt der Verbesserung) gutgeheissen hat, kann mit dem Abfassen der Arbeit begonnen werden bzw. gilt die Dozentin oder der Dozent als offizielle Betreuungsperson der Arbeit. Die schriftliche Arbeit, die zum Zeitpunkt der Anmeldung zum Masterverfahren noch ausstehend sein darf, muss – wenn mit der/dem betreuenden Dozierenden nichts anderes vereinbart wurde - mindestens 4 Wochen vor dem letztmöglichen Abgabetermin eingereicht werden. Feldforschungspraktikum Das Feldforschungspraktikum von in der Regel 3 Monaten Dauer soll Studierenden die Möglichkeit geben, ein eigenes empirisches Forschungsvorhaben durchzuführen. Vorbereitung, Abfassen eines Exposés, Durchführung und Auswertung werden von den Lehrpersonen des Ethnologischen Seminars – die alle über Forschungserfahrung und Vertrautheit mit unterschiedlichen Regionen (Südostasien, Ozeanien u.a.) verfügen – intensiv betreut. Das Praktikum kann selbstständig, einzeln oder in Kleingruppen nach Absprache mit einem der Lehrenden oder als von einem Lehrenden betreutes eigenständiges Projekt durchgeführt werden. Bringen Organisations- und Betreuungsform eine intensivere Forschungstätigkeit mit sich, kann sich die Dauer des Praktikums auch verkürzen. Das Konzept des Feldforschungspraktikum ist im Rahmen des Seminar- und Forschungskolloquiums zu präsentieren. Zielsetzungen des Feldforschungspraktikums: o Die Formulierung einer konkreten Fragestellung und eines Forschungsantrags soll geübt, o regionale Kenntnisse sollen vermittelt bzw. vertieft werden, o möglichst verschiedene Methoden sollen erlernt, o und die Erfahrung der Teilnahme am täglichen Leben in einer fremden Gesellschaft gemacht werden. Durch eigene Erfahrungen mit der ethnologischen Feldforschung können Studierende zum einen Ethnographien besser beurteilen und zum anderen ermöglichen sie die notwendige fundierte Quellenkritik. Neben der Stärkung der Methodenkompetenz kann ein Feldforschungspraktikum auch Regionalkompetenz vermitteln, die sich bei der späteren Stellensuche positiv auswirken kann, liegen doch Berufsperspektiven von AbsolventInnen sozial- und kulturanthropologischer Studiengänge erfahrungsgemäß auch im Bereich der Entwicklungszusammenarbeit, von Institutionen, die sich mit Migration befassen, oder im Museums- und Ausstellungsbereich. Hier sind regionale Kompetenzen meist ebenso gefragt wie fachliche. Ein erfolgreich durchgeführtes Feldforschungspraktikum kann außerdem die Grundlage der Masterarbeit bilden. Diese kann jedoch in jedem Fall auch auf einem Literaturstudium basieren. Am Ende des Feldforschungspraktikums ist ein Feldforschungsbericht im Umfang einer Hausarbeit auf Masterebene obligatorisch. Erst nach der Abgabe des Berichtes können die Credits angerechnet werden. Für die formelle Anrechnung des Feldforschungpraktikums ist der Fachstudienberater zu konsultieren, da eine Buchung der einzelnen Bestandteile des Praktikums online nicht möglich ist. MA-Abschluss Um das Studium mit dem MA abzuschließen, muss eine schriftliche Arbeit im Umfang von nicht mehr als 100 Seiten angefertigt werden. Das Thema wird gemeinsam mit einer/-m der Dozenten entwickelt. Außerdem wird eine mündliche Prüfung von 60 Minuten zu vier verschiedenen Themen abgelegt. Für die mündliche Prüfung werden 10 und für die schriftliche Arbeit 30 Credits vergeben. 14 15 Wie kann ein BA- oder MA-Studienverlauf konkret aussehen? Hier wird eine von verschiedenen möglichen Varianten dargestellt, wie ein Studium in der Regelstudienzeit von vier, bzw. sechs Semestern gestaltet werden kann. Die Regelstudienzeit kann sowohl unter- als auch überschritten werden, wobei letzteres wahrscheinlicher ist, vor allem wenn Studierende neben dem Studium einer Erwerbstätigkeit nachgehen. Die Reihenfolge des Besuchs von Veranstaltungen kann variieren, so kann etwa das Proseminar „Regionale Einführung“ im ersten Semester oder später besucht werden. Bachelorstudium 1.Semester Vorlesung: Einführung in die Ethnologie Proseminar: Geschichte der Ethnologie Proseminar: Regionale Einführung Verfassen einer Proseminararbeit 2.Semester Vorlesung: Geschichte der Ethnologie Proseminar: Einführung in die Ethnologie Methodenseminar: Einführung in die Methoden der Ethnologie Verfassen einer Proseminararbeit 3.Semester Vorlesung: Einführung in einen Bereich1 der Ethnologie Hauptseminar zu einem Bereich der Ethnologie Hauptseminararbeit zu einem Bereich der Ethnologie Weitere Lehrveranstaltung Orientierungsgespräch 4.Semester Hauptseminar zu einem zweiten anderen Bereich der Ethnologie Hauptseminararbeit zu einem zweiten anderen Bereich der Ethnologie Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen 5.Semester Hauptseminar nach freier Wahl Hauptseminararbeit nach freier Wahl Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen 6.Semester Anfertigen der Bachelorarbeit Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen Prüfungen Masterstudium (mit Feldforschungspraktikum) 1.Semester Masterseminar zu empirischen Methoden der Datenerhebung Masterseminararbeit Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen 2.Semester Masterseminar Masterseminararbeit Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen 3.Semester Feldforschungspraktikum (vorzugsweise in den Semesterferien) Weitere Lehrveranstaltungen 4.Semester Anfertigen der MA-Arbeit Prüfungen 1 Die am Ethnologischen Seminar unterrichteten Schwerpunkte sind auf Seite 7 beschrieben 16 Lehrveranstaltungen des Ethnologischen Seminars Desire and Danger: Food, Drink and Drugs in Anthropological Perspective Dozent/in: Dr. Rachel Elizabeth Smith Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 20.09.2021 FRO, 4.B02 Wöchentlich Mo., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 06.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Food, drink and drugs are fundamental necessities of survival, but are also suffused with rich cultural and social meanings, and ethical, and religious, as well as economic values. This course will focus on the central place of these comestibles in daily life, and social relationships, at local and global levels. Ingestible substances often provoke desire, providing pleasure and the basis for shared sociality, but can also be deemed dangerous, disgusting, immoral and anti-social. Drawing on foundational texts in anthropology, as well as contemporary case studies, we will examine ideas and practices surrounding food, drink and drugs from symbolic, social, and political economic perspectives. We will consider different foodstuffs and intoxicants in the context of issues such as ethnic and religious identities and practices; class, race and inequality; health, addiction and disorder; crime and regulation; colonialism and globalization; mass production and industrialisation; and social movements. Sprache: Englisch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Ethik: Weitere Leistungen Fachbereich Ethik Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Proseminar im Bereich Systematische Religionswissenschaft Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Religionswissenschaft BA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: rachel.smith@unilu.ch 17 Einführung in die Medizinethnologie Dozent/in: Ass.-Prof. Dr. phil. Sandra Bärnreuther Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 21.09.2021 FRO, 3.B55 Wöchentlich Di., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 07.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Medizin ist eng mit zentralen Lebenserfahrungen verknüpft und ein wichtiger Bestandteil sozialen Lebens. In diesem Proseminar beschäftigen wir uns mit Gesundheit, Krankheit und Heilung aus ethnologischer Perspektive. Lokale Medizinkulturen stehen dabei ebenso im Mittelpunkt wie Kulturen der Biomedizin und die globale Zirkulation von medizinischen Praktiken, Technologien und Substanzen. Anhand aktueller ethnographischer Studien aus unterschiedlichen Teilen der Welt diskutieren wir u.a. folgende Fragen: Wie beeinflussen Körperbilder und Krankheitsverständnisse therapeutische Praktiken in spezifischen historischen und soziokulturellen Kontexten? Wie verhalten sich biomedizinische Heilmethoden zu sogenannten alternativen Praktiken? Welche asymmetrischen politisch-ökonomischen Strukturen und globalen Dynamiken prägen das medizinische Feld? Was sind die Konsequenzen sozialer Ungleichheiten für den Zugang zu Medikamenten und medizinischer Versorgung? Und wie wirkt sich Gesundheitspolitik auf verschiedene Lebensbereiche aus? Ziel des Seminars ist es, Studierenden einen Einblick in das vielfältige Themenspektrum der Medizinethnologie zu geben. Studierende lernen ausserdem grundlegende Konzepte, theoretische Strömungen und methodische Herangehensweisen kennen, die diese Subdisziplin geprägt haben. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Ethik: Weitere Leistungen Fachbereich Ethik Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hinweise: Für Studierende der Wissenschaftsforschung zählt die Veranstaltung für den Bereich Konzepte. Kontakt: sandra.baernreuther@unilu.ch Literatur Dilger, H. und B. Hadolt. 2017. Medizinethnologie. In B. Beer, H. Fischer und J. Pauli (Hrsg.), Ethnologie. Einfu¨hrung in die Erforschung kultureller Vielfalt. Neunte Auflage. Berlin: Reimer Verlag. Singer, M. und H. Baer. 2012. Introducing Medical Anthropology. A Discipline in Action. Zweite Auflage. Lanham: AltaMira Press 18 Genderfragen im Kontext Südostasiens Dozent/in: PD Dr. phil. Angelica Wehrli Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Terminierung 1: Do., 23.09.2021, 14:15 - 18:00 INE, 220 14-täglich Do., 14:15 - 18:00, ab 07.10.2021 FRO, 3.B52 Terminierung 3: Do., 18.11.2021, 14:15 - 18:00 INE, 214 14-täglich Do., 14:15 - 18:00, ab 02.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: 14-tägig Inhalt: In diesem Seminar werden wir uns mit Genderfragen im Kontext Südostasiens auseinandersetzen. Dabei werden wir verschiedene Konzepte und theoretische Ansätze thematisieren und dabei ergründen, wie die Kategorie Gender definiert und verstanden werden kann. Ferner werden wir der Frage nachgehen, weshalb Gender sowohl in sozialwissenschaftlichen Forschungen als auch im Alltag omnipräsent ist. Ein besonderes Augenmerk werden wir dabei auf sozialanthropologische Forschungen legen. Nebst theoretischen Texten, die sich der Region Südostasien widmen, werden wir uns konkreten Fallbeispielen aus den politischen Kontexten von Thailand, Kambodscha und Vietnam widmen. In diesem Zusammenhang analysieren wir unter anderem folgenden Fragen: Wie wirkt sich das staatliche System auf konkrete Gender Beziehungen aus? Welchen Einfluss hat beispielsweise die bis vor Kurzem in Vietnam vorherrschende „Zwei-Kind-Politik“ auf die Anzahl Kinder? Und inwiefern kann diese staatlich, verordnete „Zwei-Kind Politik“ zu Konflikten führen, wenn man bedenkt, dass in weiten Teilen der vietnamesischen Gesellschaft ein Sohn als Voraussetzung für eine „glückliche Familie“ gilt? In diesem Hauptseminar werden sowohl schriftliche Quellen wie auch audiovisuelle Medien Verwendung finden. Die Studierenden haben zudem die Möglichkeit anhand eigener Recherchen und in Absprache mit der Dozentin weiterführende on-line und offline Materialien beizuziehen. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Proseminar Ethnographie Proseminar in Ethnographie Proseminar Regionale Einführung Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: angelica.wehrli@unisg.ch Literatur Eine Literaturliste zu den einzelnen Themen sowie zu den Sitzungen wird am Anfang des Seminars elektronisch bereitgestellt. Zur Einstimmung und Vorbereitung auf das Thema eignen sich folgende Quellen: Beeson, Mark 2002: Southeast Asia and the Politics of Vulnerability. Third World Quarterly. 23 (3): 549-64. Jerneck, Anne 2010: Globalzation, Growth and Gender: Poor Workers and Vendorts in Urban Vietnam. In: Rydstorm, Helle (ed.): Gendered Inequalities in Asia. Configuring, Contesting and Recognizing Women and Men. Copenhagen: Nias Press. 99-123. Lee, Hock Guan 2004: Civil Society in Southeast Asia. Copenhagen, Singapore: NIAS Press; Institute of Southeast Asian Studies. Rydstrøm, Helle (Ed.) 2010: Gendered Inequalities in Asia. Configuring, Contesting and Recognizing Women and Men. Copenhagen: NIAS Press. Peletz, Michael 2012: Gender, Sexuality, and the State in Southeast Asia. The Journal of Asian Studies. Vol. 71 (4): 895-917. 19 Geschichte und Klassiker der Ethnologie Dozent/in: Dr. phil. Tobias Schwörer Veranstaltungsart: Proseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 20.09.2021 FRO, 4.B47 Wöchentlich Mo., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 06.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Wie in jeder wissenschaftlichen Disziplin gibt es auch in der Ethnologie eine Reihe von klassischen Texten, die für die Entstehung des Fachs und die Entwicklung unterschiedlicher theoretischer Strömungen zentral sind. Die Kenntnis dieser Klassiker ermöglicht ein tieferes Verständnis des Fachs und hilft zeitgenössische Forschungsliteratur besser verstehen und einordnen zu können. In diesem Proseminar werden wir deshalb Texte einiger der wichtigsten und bekanntesten Ethnologinnen und Ethnologen lesen und in ihren Entstehungskontext einbetten. Dadurch lernen die Studierenden unterschiedliche theoretische Ansätze kennen, werden vertraut mit verschiedenen Forschungsmethoden und erfahren viel über ethnographische Beispiele aus aller Welt. Wir üben dabei auch den Umgang mit wissenschaftlichen Texten, insbesondere das (kritische) Lesen, die Zusammenfassung von Information in Form von Exzerpten, sowie die Diskussion theoretischer Erkenntnisse. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Proseminar Geschichte der Ethnologie Proseminar Klassiker der Ethnologie Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: tobias.schwoerer@unilu.ch Literatur - Barnard, Alan. 2000. History and Theory in Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. - Petermann, Werner. 2004. Die Geschichte der Ethnologie. Wuppertal: Peter Hammer Verlag. 20 Fundamental issues in cross-cultural understanding Dozent/in: Donald Gardner, PhD Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 22.09.2021 FRO, 4.B02 Wöchentlich Mi., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 01.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Socio-cultural anthropology, like other social sciences, has faced several quite general challenges to its claims to important and useful knowledge; but, because it seeks cross-cultural understanding, anthropology has often been thought to face more conceptual difficulties than other social sciences. More recently, however, anthropology's experience of cross-cultural encounters has given it a central place in the dialogues that followed „the crisis of representation“, in which an appropriate sensitivity to difference and its effects came to be regarded as crucial to adequate social science. Furthermore, globalization and the 'deterritorialization of cultures' has produced multi-cultural cities and suburbs around the world, which, in turn, have posed questions to governments no less than to the social sciences, questions that make the politics of interpretation highly salient.In this course we will examine these and related issues; not only because they are interesting and important in their own right, but because an appreciation of them is helpful in dealing with the various strands that constitute theory in the social sciences. A word of caution: the issues we will discuss are interconnected in ways that are not always obvious, and each of them is steeped in debate and controversy. Accordingly, we must not expect our considerations to produce definitive answers. We can hope, though, that we will learn to recognise some of the bad answers that are on offer, as well as to appreciate the extent of the subtle interconnections between different issues, so that the implications of deciding for or against any particular position will become clearer. This course would be helpful for later year students who have already found themselves bumping against the points where issues are sharpest, but it should also appeal to newcomers wishing for a broader context for their particular disciplinary or interdisciplinary studies. Die Ethnologie, wie andere Sozialwissenschaften auch, muss sich Herausforderungen bezüglich ihrer Wissensbasis stellen. Sie wird sogar als eine Wissenschaft wahrgenommen, die aufgrund ihres Ansatzes des interkulturellen Verstehens mit größeren konzeptionellen Schwierigkeiten als andere Sozialwissenschaften konfrontiert ist. In jüngerer Zeit hat die Ethnologie durch ihre Beschäftigung mit interkulturellem Verstehen in den sich auf die sogenannte "Krise der Repräsentation" beziehenden Diskursen eine zentrale Bedeutung gewonnen. Im Rahmen dieser Krise der Repräsentation wird die angemessene Sensitivität im Umgang mit Differenzen und ihren Auswirkungen als zentrales Moment der Sozialwissenschaften betrachtet. Darüber hinaus haben Globalisierung und die "Deterritorialisierung von Kulturen" weltweit multikulturelle Städte und Vorstädte hervorgebracht, die nicht nur an Regierungen sondern auch an die Sozialwissenschaften Fragen stellen. Diese Fragen betonen ganz besonders die Politik von Interpretationen. In diesem Seminar werden wir solche und damit zusammenhängende Fragen diskutieren, nicht nur weil sie an und für sich wichtig und interessant, sondern auch weil ihre Behandlung dabei helfen kann, die verschiedenen theoretischen Richtungen zu verstehen, die heute die Sozialwissenschaften ausmachen. Eine Mahnung zur Vorsicht: Die Themen, die wir diskutieren sind in einer Weise miteinander verbunden, die nicht immer offensichtlich ist, und ein jedes von ihnen ist durchdrungen von Debatten und Kontroversen. Dementsprechend sollten wir keine definitiven Antworten erwarten. Dennoch können wir hoffen zu lernen, einige der schlechten Antworten auf die diskutierten Fragen zu erkennen und zu meiden. Ausserdem werden wir die subtilen Verbindungen zwischen verschiedenen Themen würdigen können, so dass die Folgen einer Entscheidung für oder gegen eine bestimmte Position klarer werden. Dieses Seminar ist für fortgeschrittene Studierende hilfreich, die bereits über einige 21 der grössten Schwierigkeiten der Debatten über die Grundlagen interkulturellen Verstehens gestolpert sind; es ist jedoch auch für Anfänger geeignet, die ihre (inter-)disziplinären Interessen gerne in einen weiteren theoretischen Kontext einbetten möchten. Sprache: Englisch / Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Hauptseminar anrechenbar für alle Schwerpunkte der Ethnologie Profilierungsbereich Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Religionswissenschaft BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Religionswissenschaft MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Modul Weltgesellschaft Weitere Studienleistungen im Modul Weltgesellschaft und Weltpolitik Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: donald.gardner@alumni.anu.edu.au Literatur All readings will be made available electronically. Forschungskolloquium Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Bettina Beer Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquium Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master / Doktorat Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 21.09.2021 FRO, 4.B02 Wöchentlich Di., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 07.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Im Kolloquium stellen Mitarbeiter*innen des Seminars aktuelle Forschungen vor. Ausserdem sind Gäste eingeladen, die ebenfalls von Themen und Problemen aus ihren laufenden Forschungen berichten. Studierende können am Kolloquium –ohne einen eigenen Beitrag leisten zu müssen – teilnehmen und bei regelmässiger Teilnahme sowie aktiver Vorbereitung 2 CP erhalten. Gründen Studierende eine Lektüregruppe, in der sie jeweils einen ausgewählten Text der Vortragenden lesen und diskutieren, können sie ausserdem 2 Social Credits bekommen. In the colloquium, staff and doctoral students, as well as invited speakers from other institutions, present their current research. Students can participate in the colloquium and receive 2 CP for regular participation and active preparation. If students form a reading group, in which they read and discuss selected texts of the colloquium presenter 2 social CP can be awarded. Sprache: Englisch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (2 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: bettina.beer@unilu.ch 22 Samen und Rassen: die Politik der Pflanzen- und Tierzucht aus Sicht einer Lebewesen-umfassenden Ethnologie Dozent/in: Dr. Irina Wenk Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Do., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 23.09.2021 FRO, 4.B01 Wöchentlich Do., 12:15 - 14:00, ab 02.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: In diesem Hauptseminar betrachten wir die Politik der Pflanzen- und Tierzucht vor dem Hintergrund neuer theoretischer Ansätze der More-Than- Human Anthropology und der Ethnologie der Mensch-Tier Beziehungen. Nach einer Einführung in diese Ansätze befassen wir uns mit dem anhaltenden Prozess der Domestikation. Danach vertiefen wir uns in die globalen Zusammenhänge von Saatgutpolitik und -monopol und ihren vielfältigen Gegenbewegungen. Wir betrachten inner- und aussereuropäische Fallbeispiele und besuchen, wenn möglich, das Herz der unabhängigen Saatgutproduktion in der Schweiz. Im Bereich der Tierzucht befassen wir uns mit der Kreation und der Idee und Ideologie von (Nutz)Tierrassen und ihrer gesellschaftlichen Bedeutung. Hier werden wir, wenn möglich, eine Zuchtveranstaltung besuchen. Ziel dieser Veranstaltung ist es, die ethnologische Betrachtungsweise um die Dimension der Tiere und Pflanzen zu erweitern. Dabei erkennen wir, dass das Wie und Warum der Produktion von Lebewesen und Nahrung von gesamtgesellschaftlicher und globaler Bedeutung ist. Dieses Seminar verbindet Theorie und Praxis und kann als Auftakt zu einer Forschung zu diesem Themenbereich für eine BA- oder Masterarbeit gelten. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Ethik: Hauptseminar oder benotete Leistungen Ethik: Weitere Leistungen Fachbereich Ethik Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Hauptseminar im Bereich Medizin und Technologie Hauptseminar im Bereich Politik und Wirtschaft Hauptseminar in Ethik Hauptseminar in Wissenschaftsforschung Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Wissenschaftsforschung MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hinweise: Für Studierende der Wissenschaftsforschung zählt die Veranstaltung für den Bereich Praktiken. Hörer/innen: Teilnahme nach Vereinbarung Kontakt: irina.wenk@uzh.ch 23 Vaterschaft im 21sten Jahrhundert Dozent/in: Dr. Carole Ammann Veranstaltungsart: Hauptseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Di., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 21.09.2021 FRO, HS 2 Wöchentlich Di., 10:15 - 12:00, ab 07.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Im 21sten Jahrhundert kommt Vaterschaft in verschiedenen Konstellationen vor und wird auf unterschiedlichste Weise gelebt. Was es heisst, ein ‚guter Vater’ zu sein, ist von Ort zu Ort unterschiedlich und untersteht einem historischen Wandel. Welche Formen der biologischen und sozialen Vaterschaft erlaubt und erwünscht sind und wie Vaterschaft im Alltag gelebt wird, ist Resultat von konstanten individuellen und gesellschaftlichen Aushandlungsprozessen. In zahlreichen europäischen Ländern wird zurzeit zum Beispiel diskutiert, wie Vaterschaft und Arbeit besser in Einklang gebracht werden können (Vaterschaftsurlaub, Elternzeit, etc.). In afrikanischen Staaten – vor allem in Südafrika – hat die Forschung sich lange auf abwesende oder sogenannt unverantwortliche Väter konzentriert. In letzter Zeit hingegen wurden vermehrt verantwortungsvolle Formen von väterlicher Zuwendung (caring fatherhood) untersucht. Vaterschaft ist eng mit Männlichkeiten und den Beziehungen der Geschlechter verbunden. Daher ermöglicht uns eine Analyse von Vaterschaft auch Einblicke in Beziehungen zwischen Männern* und derjenigen zwischen Männern* und Frauen*. Wir nähern uns dem Phänomen Vaterschaft in dieser Veranstaltung aus einer nicht-eurozentrischen Perspektive indem wir uns neben theoretischen und konzeptionellen Fragen auch vertieft mit Fallstudien zu unterschiedlichen Formen von Vaterschaft in verschiedenen Ländern befassen. Diese Lehrveranstaltung geht aus einer sozialanthropologischen Perspektive der Frage nach, wie Vaterschaft in einer globalen Welt verstanden, gelebt und verhandelt wird. Wie sind individuelle Erfahrungen von Vaterschaft mit Veränderungen auf der kulturellen, sozialen, politischen und ökonomischen Ebene verbunden? Wie überschneiden sich Formen von Vaterschaft mit anderen Identitäten, etwa Alter, Geschlecht, Klasse, Ethnizität, Hautfarbe, Bildung, Körperlichkeiten oder sexueller Orientierung? Und wie gehen Väter mit sozialen Erwartungen um, welche täglich von verschiedenen Seiten an sie herangetragen werden? Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Hauptseminar im Bereich Soziale Nahbeziehungen Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: c.ammann@uva.nl Literatur Dahl, U., & Gabb, J. (2019). Trends in Contemporary Queer Kinship and Family Research. lambda nordica, 24(2-3), 209-237. Henriksson, H. W. (2020). Exploring fatherhood in critical gender research. In L. Gottzén, U. Mellström, & T. Shefer (Eds.), Routledge international handbook of masculinity studies (pp. 320-330). New York: Routledge.Inhorn, M. C., Chavkin, W., & Navarro, J.-A. (Eds.). (2015). Globalized Fatherhood. New York/Oxford: Berghahn Books.Johansson, T., & Andreasson, J. (2017). Fatherhood in Transition: Masculinity, Identity and Everyday Life. London: Palgrave MacMillan.Schoppe-Sullivan, S. J., & Fagan, J. (2020). The evolution of fathering research in the 21st century: Persistent challenges, new directions. Journal of Marriage and Family, 82(1), 175-197. Shwalb, D. W., Shwalb, B. J., & Lamb, M. E. (Eds.). (2013). Fathers in Cultural Context. New York/London: Routledge.Sigle- Rushton, W., Goisis, A., & Keizer, R. (2013). Fathers and fatherhood in the European Union. In C. S. Tamis-LeMonda & N. Cabrera (Eds.), Handbook of father involvement: Multidisciplinary perspectives (2 ed., pp. 81-96). New York: Routledge.Thelen, T., & Haukanes, H. (Eds.). (2016). Parenting After the Century of the Child. Travelling Ideals, Institutional Negotiations and Individual Responses. London/New York: Routledge. 24 Gedächtnis, Erinnerung, Geschichte: Ethnologische Perspektiven Dozent/in: Dr. Olivia Killias Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 20.09.2021 INE, 214 Wöchentlich Mo., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 06.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Das interdisziplinäre Feld der ‘memory studies’ hat sich vor allem dem kollektiven Erinnern gewidmet, wie zum Beispiel stark ritualisierten nationalen Gedenkfeiern (Halbwachs, 1925; 1997; Assmann 1992). Seit den 1990er Jahren haben Ethnolog*innen dank ethnographischer Feldforschung wichtige Beiträge zu diesem Feld geleistet, und mehr Forschung über alltägliche Praktiken des Erinnerns gefordert (Kidron 2016; s. auch Antze & Lambek 1996; Stoller 1997; Werbner 1998; Cole 2001; Stoler & Strassler, 2000; Berliner 2005; Smith 2006; Argenti 2007; Palmberger & Tošic 2017). Die Vergangenheit kann sich auch auf stillere Art und Weise offenbaren, wie zum Beispiel Carole Kidron (2009) in ihrer Arbeit über die Erinnerungen von Kindern von Holocaust-Überlebenden gezeigt hat – in Spuren auf Körpern, in alltäglichen Gewohnheiten oder in der Beziehung einer Person zu Objekten. In diesem Seminar werden wir uns ethnologischen Forschungen zu Erinnern und Vergessen annähern, und dabei Texte aus unterschiedlichen Kernbereichen (Politik, Verwandtschaft, Medizin) der Sozialanthropologie lesen und besprechen. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Hauptseminar im Bereich Politik und Recht Masterseminar im Bereich Medizin und Technologie Masterseminar im Bereich Politik und Wirtschaft Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Literatur Berliner, David C. 2005. ‘The Abuses of Memory: Reflections on the Memory Boom in Anthropology’. Anthropological Quarterly 78 (1): 197–211. Carsten, Janet (ed.). 2007. Ghosts of Memory: Essays on Remembrance and Relatedness. Malden, MA: Blackwell. Kidron, Carol A. 2009. ‘Toward an Ethnography of Silence: The Lived Presence of the Past in the Everyday Life of Holocaust Trauma Survivors and Their Descendants in Israel’. Current Anthropology 50 (1): 5–27. Kidron, Carol A. 2016. "Memory". In Oxford Bibliographies in Anthropology, http://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/view/document/obo-9780199766567/obo- 9780199766567-0155.xml (accessed 08 March 2021). Lambek, Michael and Paul Antze. 1996. “Introduction”. In Antze, Paul and Michael Lambeck (eds.). Tense Past: Essays in Trauma and Memory. New York: Routledge: xi-xxxviii. Leibing, Annette, and Lawrence Cohen (eds.). 2006. Thinking about dementia: Culture, loss, and the anthropology of senility. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press. Palmberger, Monika, and Jelena Tos?ic´. 2017. Memories on the Move: Experiencing Mobility, Rethinking the Past. London: Palgrave Macmillan. Stoler, Ann Laura, and Karen Strassler. 2000. "Castings for the Colonial: Memory Work in ‘New Order’ Java." Comparative S tudies in Society and History 42.01: 4-48. Stoler, Ann Laura. 2016. Duress: Imperial Durabilities in Our Times. Durham: Duke University Press. 25 Vorbereitung eines ethnographischen Feldforschungspraktikums Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Bettina Beer Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 20.09.2021 FRO, 4.B01 Wöchentlich Mo., 16:15 - 18:00, ab 06.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: "Versetzen Sie sich in die Situation, allein an einem tropischen Strand, umgeben von allen Ausrüstungsgegenständen, nahe bei einem Eingeborenendorf abgesetzt zu sein, während die Barkasse oder das Beiboot, das Sie brachte, dem Blick entschwindet. [...] Stellen Sie sich weiter vor, dass Sie Anfänger sind ohne vorhergehende Erfahrung, ohne irgendeine Anleitung und jemand, der ihnen hilft; ..." (Bronislaw Malinowski 1922, Argonauten des westlichen Pazifik) In diesem Masterseminar werden Studierende bei der inhaltlichen und methodischen Vorbereitung von ethnographischen Forschungspraktika unterstützt. Forschungspraktika sind sowohl in selbstorganisierten Projekten möglich, als auch – abhängig von Teilnehmerzahl und Interesse – bei einer Gruppen-Exkursion nicht auf einer tropischen Insel, sondern in den Schweizer Bergen, die 2022 stattfinden wird. In Vorbereitung auf die Forschungspraktika üben wir eine konkrete Fragestellung zu formulieren und ethnographische Methoden der Datenerhebung (z.B. Teilnehmende Beobachtung, die Genealogische oder Biographische Methode) anzuwenden. Zur Vorbereitung gehört es auch, ein Exposé zu schreiben und eventuell einen Antrag auf einen finanziellen Zuschuss zu den Reisekosten einzureichen. Zielsetzungen: • Studierende üben, konkreten Fragestellungen zu formulieren und einen Forschungsantrag zu schreiben, • sie eignen sich regionale Kenntnisse über das jeweilige Untersuchungsgebiet an, • erproben während des Forschungspraktikums möglichst verschiedene empirische Methoden • und sammeln Erfahrungen mit der Teilnahme an einer ihnen fremden Lebenswelt. • Auf der Basis eigener Erfahrungen mit ethnographischen Methoden lassen sich Ethnographien besser beurteilen, was wiederum Voraussetzung für die notwendige Quellenkritik ist. Anrechenbarkeit: Das Forschungspraktikum ist im MA-Studiengang Ethnologie anrechenbar und kann Grundlage einer Masterseminararbeit oder Masterarbeit sein. Im Studiengang Weltgesellschaft und Weltpolitik ist das Forschungspraktikum als Praktikum anrechenbar, und Grundlage der methodischen Forschungsarbeit, Masterseminararbeit oder Masterarbeit. Für Studierende der Kulturwissenschaften kann das Praktikum ebenfalls Voraussetzung für eine Masterseminararbeit sein. Studierende im BA können nach vorheriger Absprache mit der Dozentin zugelassen werden. Voraussetzungen für die Teilnahme: Anmeldung per E-Mail bei Prof. Bettina Beer (bettina.beer@unilu.ch). Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Methodenseminar Anrechenbar je nach Thema für alle Schwerpunkte Methodenseminar in Ethnologie (MA) Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (4 Cr) Kontakt: bettina.beer@unilu.ch 26 Einführung in die Ethnologie Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Bettina Beer Veranstaltungsart: Kolloquialvorlesung Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Ethnologie Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mo., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 20.09.2021 FRO, 4.B01 Wöchentlich Mo., 14:15 - 16:00, ab 06.12.2021 FRO, ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Die Kolloquiuamvorlesung "Einführung in die Ethnologie" vermittelt einen Überblick über das Fach und das Studium der Ethnologie. Dabei geht es sowohl um wissenschaftliche Arbeitstechniken als auch um zentrale Fragestellungen, Begriffe und Themenbereiche sowie Geschichte und Methoden des Faches. "Kultur" und "Ethnie" beispielsweis sind für die Ethnologie zentrale und umstrittene Konzepte, die in der Vorlesung erläutert werden. Außerdem stelle ich die empirische Methode der ethnologischen Feldforschung, die dabei angewandten Verfahren der Datenerhebung, sowie den Kulturvergleich als Methode der Ethnologie vor. Die Vorlesung gibt ausserdem einen einführenden Überblick über die wichtigsten thematischen Teilbereiche der Ethnologie (Religion, Verwandtschaft/soziale Nahbeziehungen, Wirtschaft und Politik) und vermittelt dabei gleichzeitig erste Einblicke in ethnologische Theorien. Die Teilbereiche werden jeweils an konkreten ethnographischen Beispielen aus Forschungen auf den Philippinen, in Papua-Neuguinea und Afrika erläutert. Die Vorlesung schliesst mit einem Einblick in Berufsfelder, in denen Ethnolog*innen tätig sind. Ein solcher Überblick dient der ersten Orientierung. Er hilft Studierenden, weiterführende Informationen und Kenntnisse aus vertiefenden Seminaren in einen größeren Rahmen einzuordnen und dadurch besser zu verstehen. Teilnehmer*innen müssen während des Semesters kurze schriftliche Aufgaben lösen. Deren termingerechte Abgabe sowie die Klausur am Ende des Semesters sind Voraussetzung für die erfolgreiche Teilnahme. Unterrichtsmaterial, Texte und Illustrationen sowie ein Online-Forum sind auf OLAT bereitgestellt. Interessierte Studierende können einen begleitenden Lektürekurs, für den Social Credits vergeben werden, organisieren. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Vorlesung Einführung in die Ethnologie Wahlmodul Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaften Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Benotete Prüfung (3 Cr) Hörer/innen: Offen für Hörer/innen Kontakt: bettina.beer@unilu.ch Literatur Bettina Beer, Hans Fischer und Julia Pauli, Hg. 2017: Ethnologie. Einführung in die Erforschung kultureller Vielfalt. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag. Eriksen, Thomas Hylland 2001: Small Places, Large Issues. An Introduction to Social and Cultural Anthropology. London, Sterling VA: Pluto Press. 27 Anrechenbare Lehrveranstaltungen aus anderen Fachbereichen Schreibwerkstatt: Wissenschaftliches Schreiben Dozent/in: Katharina Bursztyn, MA Dr. Cyrill Mamin Guy Schwegler, MA Veranstaltungsart: Methodisches Seminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Diverse Studienstufe: Bachelor / Master Termine: Wöchentlich Mi., 18:15 - 20:00, ab 22.09.2021 FRO, 3.B57 Wöchentlich Mi., 18:15 - 20:00, ab 01.12.2021 FRO ZOOM Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Turnus: wöchentlich Inhalt: Kultur-, Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaften sind textintensive Disziplinen. Das Lesen, Verstehen und Schreiben von Texten sind Kernkompetenzen eines solchen Studiums. Dies fällt nicht immer allen gleich leicht. Mit praktischen Übungen und Techniken werden in diesem Kurs die Grundlagen des wissenschaftlichen Schreibens vermittelt. Im Fokus steht das Schreiben von Seminararbeiten: Zunächst wird deshalb die Planung und erste Herangehensweise beim Schreiben einer Seminararbeit thematisiert und praktisch umgesetzt (Themenwahl, BetreuuerInnen, Fragestellung und Exposé). In einem weiteren Schritt werden Aufbau, Inhaltsverzeichnisse und Zitierregeln behandelt. Darüber hinaus bietet der Kurs Hilfestellungen, Tipps und Tricks (mit Techniken wie Mindmaps, 6-Zeiler, Literaturrecherche). Das Seminar ist fächerübergreifend angelegt und begleitet das Schreiben einer eigenen Seminararbeit. D.h.: Die Studierenden suchen eine Betreuungsperson für eine Pro-/Hauptseminararbeit, die sie in ihrem Studium verpflichtend schreiben müssen. In der Schreibwerkstatt werden keine Arbeiten betreut, sondern reale Seminararbeiten begleitend unterstützt. Voraussetzungen: Weil wir das Gelernte unmittelbar umsetzen, wird erwartet, dass die Studierenden bereit sind, während des Kurses eine Seminararbeit zu verfassen (siehe Kursbeschreibung). Begrenzung: 30 Studierende. Studierende der Kultur- und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Fakultät haben gegenüber Studierenden anderer Fakultäten den Vortritt. Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Geschichte BA Freie Studienleistungen Gesundheitswissenschaften und Gesundheitspolitik BA Freie Studienleistungen Judaistik BA Freie Studienleistungen Kulturwissenschaften BA Freie Studienleistungen Philosophie BA Freie Studienleistungen Politikwissenschaft BA Freie Studienleistungen Politikwissenschaft MA Freie Studienleistungen Soziologie BA Freie Studienleistungen Wissenschaftsforschung BA Methodenseminar in Judaistik (BA) Philosophie: Weitere Leistungen Profilierungsbereich Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Judaistik BA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Judaistik MA Anmeldung: Eine Anmeldung im Uni Portal ist keine Garantie für die Teilnahme. Übersteigt die Anzahl der Anmeldungen die Zahl der verfügbaren Seminarplätze, werden die Seminarplätze unter den angemeldeten und in der ersten Sitzung anwesenden Studierenden verlost. Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Referat) (2 Cr) Hinweise: Das Seminar richtet sich hauptsächlich an Studierende des 2. und 3. Semesters (da man für die Teilnahme ein Arbeitsthema und eine Betreuung braucht) sowie an Studierende, denen das Aufgleisen und Schreiben von Seminararbeiten Mühe bereitet. Kontakt: cyrill.mamin@unilu.ch / katharina.steiner@unilu.ch / / guy.schwegler@unilu.ch Material: Olat-Plattform 28 Literatur · Eco, Umberto (1990): Wie man eine wissenschaftliche Abschlußarbeit schreibt: Doktor-, Diplom- und Magisterarbeiten in den Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaften. Heidelberg: Müller. (=UTB 1512) · Groebner, Valentin (2012): Wissenschaftssprache. Eine Gebrauchsanweisung. Paderborn: Konstanz University Press (Essay). · Kornmeier, Martin (2013): Wissenschaftlich schreiben leicht gemacht. Für Bachelor, Master und Dissertation. 6., aktualisierte Aufl. Stuttgart: UTB (UTB, 3154). · Krämer, Walter (1999): Wie schreibe ich eine Seminar- oder Examensarbeit? Frankfurt/Main: Campus. · Kruse, Otto (1994): Keine Angst vorm leeren Blatt. Ohne Schreibblockaden durchs Studium. Frankfurt/Main: Campus. · Kruse, Otto (Hg.) (1998): Handbuch Studieren. Von der Einschreibung bis zum Examen. Frankfurt/Main: Campus. · Reiners, Ludwig (2011): Stilfibel. Der sichere Weg zum guten Deutsch. 3. Aufl., ungekürzte Ausg. München: Deutscher Taschenbuch Verlag (dtv Sachbuch, 34358). . Schneider, Wolf (2001): Deutsch für Profis. Wege zu gutem Stil. 15. Aufl., überarb. Taschenbuchausg. München: Mosaik bei Goldmann 29 Grounded Theory Dozent/in: Prof. Dr. Günter Mey Veranstaltungsart: Masterseminar Durchführender Fachbereich: KSF \ Soziologie Studienstufe: Master Vorbesprechung: Do., 23.09.2021, 12:15 - 14:00 FRO 3.B47 Terminierung 1: Fr., 01.10.2021, 14:15 - 18:00, Fr., 08.10.2021, 14:15 - 18:00, Fr., 05.11.2021, 14:15 - 18:00, Sa., 06.11.2021, 10:15 - 14:00 Terminierung 2: Fr., 03.12.2021, 14:15 - 18:00, FRO ZOOM Sa., 04.12.2021, 10:15 - 14:00, Fr., 17.12.2021, 16:15 - 18:00 Umfang: 2 Semesterwochenstunden Inhalt: Die Grounded-Theory-Methodologie (GTM) ist seit ihrer Begründung vor mehr als 50 Jahren durch Barney Glaser und Anselm Strauss eine der am weitest verbreiteten qualitativen Forschungsansätze, zu der mittlerweile unterschiedlich ausgearbeitete Positionen und Verfahrensvorschläge vorliegen. In dem Masterseminar erfolgt nach einer kurzen Einführung in die Geschichte der GTM die Darlegung von deren spezifischen Forschungslogik und leitenden Konzepte (z.B. Theoretical Sampling, Theoretische Sensibilität, All is Data). Der Schwerpunkt des Lehrangebots liegt auf die Auswertungsarbeit der GTM. Dazu werden die einzelnen Kodierprozeduren behandelt. An ausgewählten Materialien werden dann v.a. das offene und axiale Kodieren, wie es in der GTM-Variante nach Strauss/Corbin vorgeschlagen wird, erprobt und begleitende Techniken (z.B. Memowriting, Kategorienbildung, Netzwerk) in Gruppenarbeit umgesetzt. Sprache: Deutsch Anrechnungsmöglichkeit/en: Freie Studienleistungen Ethnologie MA Freie Studienleistungen Soziologie MA Masterseminar aus dem Bereich qualitative Sozialforschung Masterseminar in Ethnologie Masterseminar in Soziologie Methodenseminar Methodische Lehrveranstaltungen Profilierungsbereich Religionswissenschaft: Hauptseminar Religionswissenschaft: Weitere Leistungen Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Ethnologie MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Religionswissenschaft MA Weitere Studienleistungen im Fach Soziologie MA Prüfungsmodus / Credits: Aktive Teilnahme (Protokolle) (4 Cr) Kontakt: mey@qualitative-forschung.de/ guenter.mey@doz.unilu.ch Literatur Basistext: Mey, Günter & Mruck, Katja (2009). Methodologie und Methodik der Grounded Theory. In Wilhelm Kempf & Marcus Kiefer (Hrsg.). Forschungsmethoden der Psychologie. Zwischen naturwissenschaftlichem Experiment und sozialwissenschaftlicher Hermeneutik. Band 3: Psychologie als Natur- und Kulturwissenschaft. Die soziale Konstruktion der Wirklichkeit (S.100-152). Berlin: Regener. Überblicksbeiträge: Mey, Günter & Berli, Oliver (2019). Grounded Theory in der Kultursoziologie. In Stephan Moebius, Frithjof Nungesser & Katharina Scherke (Hrsg.), Handbuch Kultursoziologie. Band 2: Theorien – Methoden – Felder (S.243-259). Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-07645-0_16 Mey, Günter & Mruck, Katja (2020). Grounded-Theory-Methodologie. In Günter Mey & Katja Mruck (Hrsg.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie. Band 2: Designs und Verfahren (2., aktualisierte u. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-07645-0_16 30 erweiterte Auflage, S.513-535). Heidelberg: Springer Reference Psychologie. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3- 658-26887-9_46. Zentrale Schriften Glaser, Barney G. & Strauss, Anselm L. (1967). The discovery of grounded theory: Strategies for qualitative research. New York: Aldine de Gruyter. [Dt. 1998: Bern: Huber Verlag] Strauss, Anselm L. & Corbin, Juliet (1996). Grounded Theory. Weinheim: Beltz. [Orig: 1990, London: Sage] Charmaz, Kathy (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2. Aufl.). London: Sage. Weiterführende Literatur Bryant, Anthony & Charmaz, Kathy (Eds.) (2019). The Sage Handbook of Current Developments in Grounded Theory. London: Sage. Mey, Günter & Mruck. Katja (Hrsg.) (2011). Grounded Theory Reader (2. erweiterte u. überarbeite Aufl.). Wiesbaden: VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26887-9_46 https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-26887-9_46 31 Ethnologisches Seminar Lehrveranstaltungen im Herbstsemester 2021 32 10.15-11.00 Tobias Schwörer Proseminar Geschichte und Klassiker der Ethnologie 4.B47 Carole Ammann HS Vaterschaft im 21sten Jahrhundert HS2 11.15-12.00 12.15-13.00 Rachel Smith Proseminar Desire and Danger: Food, Drink and Drugs in Anthropological Perspective 4.B02 Sandra Bärnreuther Proseminar Einführung in die Medizinethnologie 3.B55 Irina Wenk Hauptseminar Samen und Rassen: die Politik der Pflanzen- und Tierzucht aus Sicht einer Lebewesen-umfassenden Ethnologie 4.B01 13.15-14.00 14.15-15.00 Bettina Beer Kolloquial- vorlesung Einführung in die Ethnologie 4.B01 Olivia Killias Masterseminar Gedächtnis, Erinnerung, Geschichte: Ethnologische Perspektiven Inseli, 214 Don Gardner Hauptseminar Fundamental issues in cross-cultural understanding 4.B02 Angelica Wehrli Proseminar 14-tägig Genderfragen im Kontext Südostasiens Inseli 214 15.15-16.00 16.15-17.00 Bettina Beer Masterseminar Vorbereitung eines ethnographischen Forschungspraktikums 4.B01 Bettina Beer Forschungskolloquium 4.B02 17.15-18.00 Bettina Beer: PHD Kolloquium Termine nach Vereinbarung

    Grösse: 2 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 22.12.2021

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop

    Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop CONTRIBUTORS DETAILS All downloadable National Academies titles are free to be used for personal and/or non-commercial academic use. Users may also freely post links to our titles on this website; non-commercial academic users are encouraged to link to the version on this website rather than distribute a downloaded PDF to ensure that all users are accessing the latest authoritative version of the work. All other uses require written permission. (Request Permission) This PDF is protected by copyright and owned by the National Academy of Sciences; unless otherwise indicated, the National Academy of Sciences retains copyright to all materials in this PDF with all rights reserved. Visit the National Academies Press at nap.edu and login or register to get: – Access to free PDF downloads of thousands of publications – 10% off the price of print publications – Email or social media notifications of new titles related to your interests – Special offers and discounts SUGGESTED CITATION BUY THIS BOOK FIND RELATED TITLES This PDF is available at http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop (2024) 106 pages | 6 x 9 | PAPERBACK ISBN 978-0-309-71888-2 | DOI 10.17226/27763 Ruth Cooper, Adrienne Formentos, and Allison Boman, Rapporteurs; Board on Global Health; Board on Health Care Services; Health and Medicine Division; National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine National Research Council. 2024. Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. https://doi.org/10.17226/27763. https://nap.nationalacademies.org/cart/cart.cgi?list=fs&action=buy%20it&record_id=27763&isbn=978-0-309-71888-2&quantity=1 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 https://nap.nationalacademies.org/related.php?record_id=27763 https://nap.nationalacademies.org/reprint_permission.html http://nap.edu http://api.addthis.com/oexchange/0.8/forward/facebook/offer?pco=tbxnj-1.0&url=http://www.nap.edu/27763&pubid=napdigops http://www.nap.edu/share.php?type=twitter&record_id=27763&title=Aging%2C+Functioning%2C+and+Rehabilitation%3A+Proceedings+of+a+Workshop http://api.addthis.com/oexchange/0.8/forward/linkedin/offer?pco=tbxnj-1.0&url=http://www.nap.edu/27763&pubid=napdigops mailto:?subject=null&body=http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved.PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Proceedings of a Workshop Ruth Cooper, Adrienne Formentos, and Allison Boman, Rapporteurs Board on Global Health Board on Health Care Services Health and Medicine Division Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs NATIONAL ACADEMIES PRESS 500 Fifth Street, NW Washington, DC 20001 This activity was supported by contracts between the National Academy of Sciences and the NOMIS Foundation and the Velux Stiftung. Any opinions, findings, conclusions, or recommendations expressed in this publication do not necessarily reflect the views of any organization or agency that provided support for the project. International Standard Book Number-13: 978-0-309-XXXXX-X International Standard Book Number-10: 0-309-XXXXX-X Digital Object Identifier: https://doi.org/10.17226/27763 This publication is available from the National Academies Press, 500 Fifth Street, NW, Keck 360, Washington, DC 20001; (800) 624-6242 or (202) 334- 3313; http://www.nap.edu. Copyright 2024 by the National Academy of Sciences. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine and National Academies Press and the graphical logos for each are all trademarks of the National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States of America. Suggested citation: National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. 2024. Aging, functioning, and rehabilitation: Proceedings of a workshop. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. https://doi. org/10.17226/27763. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs The National Academy of Sciences was established in 1863 by an Act of Congress, signed by President Lincoln, as a private, nongovernmental institution to advise the nation on issues related to science and technology. Members are elected by their peers for outstanding contributions to research. Dr. Marcia McNutt is president. The National Academy of Engineering was established in 1964 under the charter of the National Academy of Sciences to bring the practices of engineering to advising the nation. Members are elected by their peers for extraordinary contributions to engineering. Dr. John L. Anderson is president. The National Academy of Medicine (formerly the Institute of Medicine) was established in 1970 under the charter of the National Academy of Sciences to advise the nation on medical and health issues. Members are elected by their peers for distinguished contributions to medicine and health. Dr. Victor J. Dzau is president. The three Academies work together as the National Academies of Sciences, Engi neering, and Medicine to provide independent, objective analysis and advice to the nation and conduct other activities to solve complex problems and inform public policy decisions. The National Academies also encourage education and research, recognize outstanding contributions to knowledge, and increase public understanding in matters of science, engineering, and medicine. Learn more about the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine at www.nationalacademies.org. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Consensus Study Reports published by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine document the evidence-based consensus on the study’s statement of task by an authoring committee of experts. Reports typically include findings, conclusions, and recommendations based on information gathered by the committee and the committee’s deliberations. Each report has been subjected to a rigorous and independent peer-review process and it represents the position of the National Academies on the statement of task. Proceedings published by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine chronicle the presentations and discussions at a workshop, symposium, or other event convened by the National Academies. The statements and opinions contained in proceedings are those of the participants and are not endorsed by other participants, the planning committee, or the National Academies. Rapid Expert Consultations published by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine are authored by subject-matter experts on narrowly focused topics that can be supported by a body of evidence. The discussions contained in rapid expert consultations are considered those of the authors and do not contain policy recommendations. Rapid expert consultations are reviewed by the institution before release. For information about other products and activities of the National Academies, please visit www.nationalacademies.org/about/whatwedo. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs PLANNING COMMITTEE FOR AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILIATION: A WORKSHOP WALTER FRONTERA (Chair), Professor, University of Puerto Rico School of Medicine SOMNATH CHATTERJI, World Health Organization, Emeritus JULIA PATRICK ENGKASAN, Associate Professor, Universiti Malaya NICOLE R. KEITH, Executive Associate Dean, Indiana University School of Public Health MATILDE LEONARDI, Director, Fondazione IRCCS Istituto Neurologico “Carlo Besta” GEROLD STUCKI, Professor, University of Lucerne Staff RUTH COOPER, Program Officer ADRIENNE FORMENTOS, Research Associate JOSEPH GOODMAN, Senior Program Assistant KAREN HELSING, Director, Standing Committee of Medical and Vocational Experts for the Social Security Administration’s Disability Programs TRACY LUSTIG, Director, Forum on Aging, Disability, and Independence SHARYL NASS, Senior Board Director, Board on Health Care Services JULIE PAVLIN, Senior Board Director, Board on Global Health JULIE WILTSHIRE, Senior Finance Business Partner Consultant ALLISON BOMAN, Writer v http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs vii This proceedings of a workshop was reviewed in draft form by indi- viduals chosen for their diverse perspectives and technical expertise. The purpose of this independent review is to provide candid and critical com- ments that will assist the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine in making each published proceedings as sound as possible and to ensure that it meets the institutional standards for quality, objectivity, evidence, and responsiveness to the charge. The review comments and draft manuscript remain confidential to protect the integrity of the process. We thank the following individuals for their review of this proceedings: CANDACE GOH XIAO HUEY, Hospital Beaufort, Malaysia MELISSA SELB, Swiss Paraplegic Research, Switzerland KATARZYNA WAC, University of Geneva, Switzerland Although the reviewers listed above provided many constructive com- ments and suggestions, they were not asked to endorse the content of the proceedings nor did they see the final draft before its release. The review of this proceedings was overseen by DAVID B. REUBEN, University of Cali- fornia, Los Angeles, United States. He was responsible for making certain that an independent examination of this proceedings was carried out in accordance with standards of the National Academies and that all review comments were carefully considered. Responsibility for the final content rests entirely with the rapporteur and the National Academies. We also thank staff member Samantha Koretsky for reading and providing helpful comments on this manuscript. Reviewers http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Acknowledgments The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine’s Board on Health Care Services wishes to express its sincere gratitude to the planning committee chair, Walter Frontera, for his valuable contributions to the development and orchestration of this workshop. The board also wishes to thank all the members of the planning committee, who collaborated to ensure a workshop replete with informative presentation and moderated rich discussions. The board is grateful for the support of our workshop sponsors, without which we could not have undertaken this project. The board is deeply appreciative for the generous support and hospital- ity of the University of Lucerne and thank Cristina Mesa Vieira and Colette Lenherr for their logistical support of the workshop. The board wishes to thank the supporting scientists from the University of Lucerne and Swiss Paraplegic Research—Nicola Diviani, Marija Glisic, Diana Pacheco, Sara Rubinelli, and Carla Sabariego—for their support with the panel concept notes and in helping to moderate the virtual questions. Deep appreciation goes to staff at the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine for their support in the workshop process, especially Torrie Brown, Annalee Gonzales, Benjamin Hubbert, Jo’Elie Louis, Amber McLaughlin, Alexandra Molina, Jose Portillo, Leslie Sim, and Taryn Young. We also thank the staff of the National Academy of Medicine for their support of the workshop. Finally, the board thanks the workshop panelists, who generously shared their expertise and their time with workshop participants. ix http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs xi Contents ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS xv PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 1 WORKSHOP OVERVIEW 1 FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS 5 Functioning, 6 WHO’s International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, 6 Health Longevity and Aging, 8 Rehabilitation, 8 Disability-Adjusted Life-Years, 9 KEYNOTE PRESENTATIONS 10 The Functioning Revolution, 10 Healthy Longevity, 12 Rehabilitation in Health Systems: The Time Is Now, 15 FUNCTIONING AND REHABILITATION FOR HEALTHY LONGEVITY 17 Operationalizing Functioning for Population Health, 17 Role of Functioning in Healthy Longevity Research, 18 Monitoring Functioning for Health Systems: Lessons Learned, 20 Panel Discussion, 21 Reflections on Operationalizing Measurement of Functioning, 22 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. xii CONTENTS PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs MAKING A COMPELLING INVESTMENT CASE FOR OPTIMIZING FUNCTIONING 23 Measuring and Enhancing Functioning in Health Systems, 23 Building Evidence for an Investment Case, 25 Panel Discussion, 26 Reflections on Building the Economic Case for Functioning and Rehabilitation, 28 IMPROVING REHABILITATION IN HEALTH SERVICES DELIVERY AND CARE ACROSS THE LIFE COURSE 29 Rehabilitation as a Strategy for Promoting Healthy Aging, 29 Prehabilitation, Prevention, and Maintenance for Maximizing Functioning, 31 Rehabilitation as a Health Strategy for All Populations, 32 Panel Discussion, 33 Reflections on Developing Health Services for Rehabilitation and Functioning, 35 FUNCTIONING AS THE FOUNDATION FOR HEALTHY LONGEVITY RESEARCH 36 Harmonizing Research Addressing Functioning, 36 Standardized Collection of Functioning Information, 38 Using Functioning Data for 360-Degree Research, 39 Panel Discussion, 40 Reflections on Developing a Research Agenda for Functioning 41 ADVOCATING FOR POLICIES THAT SUPPORT HEALTHY LONGEVITY 42 Advocating for Functioning as the Third Indicator of Health, 42 Raising Awareness: The Policy Advocate Perspective, 44 New Directions for Health and Disability, 45 Panel Discussion, 46 Reflections on Promoting Advocacy for Functioning and Rehabilitation, 47 WRAP-UP 48 REFERENCES 49 APPENDIXES A Statement of Task 55 B Workshop Agenda 57 C Concept Notes 63 D Participant Biographical Sketches 77 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs xiii Boxes and Figures BOXES 1 Suggestions for Moving the Field Forward, 4 2 World Health Assembly Resolution 76.6 on Strengthening Rehabilitation in Health Systems: An Overview, 16 3 Characteristics of Functioning and Cost Data Needed to Build an Investment Case, 26 FIGURES 1 World Health Organization’s model for the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, 7 2 Highlights for implementing human functioning within health systems, 8 3 Disability-adjusted life-years, 9 4 Life course opportunities for intervention, 14 5 Health system performance assessment framework by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, 24 6 Trajectories of healthy aging: Optimizing functional ability, 30 7 Integrated Care for Older People, 31 8 Life situations drive people’s health function, 33 9 Reimagined whole-life-oriented rehabilitation strategy, 34 10 The 4Ms framework, 37 11 Assistive technology demonstrates a nine-to-one return on invest- ment, 44 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs xv CAT computerized adaptive testing ClinFIT Clinical Functioning Information Tool DALY disability-adjusted life-year FNAT Functional Needs Assessment Tool ICD International Classification of Diseases ICF International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health ICOPE Integrated Care for Older People LMIC low- or middle-income country NAM National Academy of Medicine OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development PAHO Pan American Health Organization UN United Nations WHO World Health Organization Acronyms and Abbreviations http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Proceedings of a Workshop WORKSHOP OVERVIEW1 With breakthroughs in medicine and technology and socioeconomic developments globally, people are living longer. The global population over age 60 is projected to reach 1.4 billion by 2030 (WHO, 2022a). Function- ing, as a concept, constitutes a rethinking of health that goes beyond the medical model, which is focused almost exclusively on disease and disability (see section on foundational concepts for more information). Rehabilita- tion professionals are key in this transformative approach, particularly to provide care for and improve prevention for the aging population. A recent World Health Organization (WHO) statement has noted that the need for rehabilitation is increasing due to the epidemiological shift from communi- cable to noncommunicable diseases, and new rehabilitation needs are also emerging from infectious diseases such as COVID-19 (WHO, 2023a). Fur- ther, the need for rehabilitation is increasing due to rapid population aging worldwide accompanied by a rise in physical and mental health conditions, limitations, and injuries. The WHO statement emphasized that rehabilita- tion needs are largely unmet globally and that rehabilitation services are key to the achievement of the United Nations’ Sustainable Development 1 The planning committee’s role was limited to planning the workshop, and the Proceedings of a Workshop has been prepared by the workshop rapporteurs as a factual summary of what occurred at the workshop. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual presenters and participants and are not necessarily endorsed or verified by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine, and they should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. 1 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 2 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Goal 3 (to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages).2 It has been suggested that efforts are needed in identifying the economic challenges in operationalizing the concept of functioning as a measure for health policy, rethinking disability as a universal human experience, and formulating a feasible public health agenda that addresses the increasing relevance of rehabilitation for the twenty-first century (Cieza et al., 2019). A public health agenda that incorporates a new understanding of function- ing and rehabilitation in the context of healthy aging could better address the health needs of older adults and facilitate this population’s continued contribution to society On February 16–17, 2024, the National Academies of Sciences, Engi- neering, and Medicine convened a hybrid workshop in Lucerne, Switzer- land, hosted by the University of Lucerne, to facilitate a discussion focused on the WHO’s concept of functioning and its role in rethinking the concept of health, with a focus on healthy aging and the future of rehabilitation as a health strategy. The planning committee developed the agenda for the workshop sessions, selected and invited panelists, and moderated the panels discussions. In designing the workshop, the planning committee focused on identifying opportunities and challenges in improving human functioning across the life course. The workshop convened an array of global experts in diverse fields from all WHO regions. The expertise of the invited speakers included aging and healthy longevity, disability studies and functioning, geriatric medicine, health economics and policy, physical and rehabilitation medicine, and public policy, as well as other areas. The workshop was open to the public, and audience members represented a variety of perspectives. This workshop proceedings is the rapporteurs’ summary of the speakers’ presentations and the moderated panel discussions. The moderated discus- sions included panelists’ responses to questions from both the in-person and virtual audience, as well as audience comments; when identified, audience comments are attributed by name and affiliation. The workshop statement of task is provided in Appendix A, the agenda in Appendix B, the panel concept notes in Appendix C, and the biosketches of workshop planning committee members, invited panelists, and supporting scientists in Appen- dix D. Walter Frontera, University of Puerto Rico School of Medicine (United States), opened the workshop by outlining the major themes to be explored, including the concepts of functioning, healthy longevity, and rehabilita- tion; the idea of functioning as a measure in health policy and methods for 2 The Sustainable Development Goals are 17 global goals adopted by the United Nations in 2015. Goal 3 of “good health and well-being” includes 13 target goals to be reached by 2030. See https://www.undp.org/sustainable-development-goals/good-health (accessed April 16, 2024). https://www.undp.org/sustainable-development-goals/good-health http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 3 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs operationalization; the investment case for functioning and rehabilitation; the research ecosystem for functioning, aging, and rehabilitation; health ser- vices delivery and person-centered care; and the role of advocacy and com- munications in social policies. Victor Dzau, National Academy of Medicine (NAM) (United States), emphasized that healthy aging involves not only lengthening the lifespan but also extending the health span, allowing indi- viduals to live well and productively throughout their lives. While the aging of the world’s population will include “rising rates of chronic disease and disability, rising costs of care, and increasingly complex patient profiles,” he said, keeping older adults healthy increases their “productivity and contri- bution to society.” He suggested reframing this challenge as an opportunity for society. He described NAM’s Healthy Longevity initiative, its associated grand challenge, and its roadmap published in 2022 (NASEM, 2022), not- ing that “healthy aging is an issue that affects all countries, and we have a real global imperative to address this, which is why collaboration across international boundaries is so important.” Gerold Stucki, University of Lucerne (Switzerland), and Bruno Staffel- bach, University of Lucerne (Switzerland), both emphasized the University of Lucerne’s commitment to functioning and well-being. Stucki described the Lucerne Initiative for Functioning Health and Well-being,3 which has a mission to optimize functioning, health, and well-being in the face of acute and chronic diseases, injuries, and aging. He stated that the initiative is interested in pursuing global partnerships to promote a new understanding of health as functioning within society. Henri Bounameaux, Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences (Switzerland), noted that there is still room for the Swiss health care system to truly encompass the whole lifespan, including aging, functioning, and rehabilitation, adding that he believes reform is needed for the development of a sustainable Swiss health system, with a triple aim of “a population in good health, an individual high-quality care for all patients, and an accountable utilization of the financial, human, and natural resources.” Bounameaux concluded his remarks with a charge for the workshop to further enrich the discussions toward a sustainable health system both globally and in Switzerland. Over the course of the workshop, participants offered many suggestions for operationalizing functioning as a measure in health policy, rethinking disability as a universal human experience, and formulating a feasible pub- lic health agenda that addresses the increasing relevance of rehabilitation for the twenty-first century, and these are summarized in Box 1. 3 Lucerne Initiative for Functioning, Health, and Well-being is a global initiative driven by the University of Lucerne. See https://www.unilu.ch/en/faculties/faculty-of-health-sciences-and- medicine/sections-centers-research-units/life/ (accessed April 16, 2024). https://www.unilu.ch/en/faculties/faculty-of-health-sciences-and-medicine/sections-centers-research-units/life/ https://www.unilu.ch/en/faculties/faculty-of-health-sciences-and-medicine/sections-centers-research-units/life/ http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 4 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs BOX 1a Suggestions for Supporting Healthy Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation Made by Individual Workshop Participants Improving Functioning Across the Life Course • Shift the orientation of health systems away from a focus on mortality and morbidity to include functioning as the third indicator of health. (Bickenbach, Boggs, Chatterji, Gimigliano, Khan) • Aim for conceptual clarity for functioning and rehabilitation, as rehabilitation seeks to optimize functioning. (Bean, Beard, Bickenbach, Cieza, Jette) • Create functioning trajectories that span the life course to use in evaluating an individuals’ functioning and the effectiveness (and cost-effectiveness) of interventions. (Beard, Prodinger, Stucki) • Elevate standards and tools to rise above the “tyranny of low expectations,” or low levels of ability described as baseline or acceptable, in the aging popula- tion. (Bean, Keith, Simonsick) • Include age-appropriate metrics of success alongside indicators of failure in functional performance assessments, including maximum capacity test- ing, patient-reporting outcome measures, and other data collection methods. (Simonsick) • Stratify older adult populations in order to target interventions that maximize functioning. (Beard, Chatterji) Building the Economic and Investment Case for Functioning and Rehabilitation • Use return-on-investment and cost-effectiveness studies to build the economic case for investing in functioning and rehabilitation, such as cost benefits and cost savings. For example, investments may enable older adults to contribute to society (cost benefits) and reduce the need for acute and long-term care (cost savings). (Boggs, Gimigliano, Sillitti, Willers) • Develop direct measures for functioning, moving beyond indirect measures such as disability-adjusted life-years. (Beard, Reinhardt, Willers) Supporting Rehabilitation Health Services as a Strategy for All People In Need • Embrace new technologies to enable early identification of disease that could impair functioning and possibly avoid or delay disease onset. (Beard, Jette, Katz) • Integrate rehabilitation into all components of health systems and in the com- munity, not only in specialized services and centers. (Cieza, Frontera, Morsch, Mpofu) • Encompass the whole lifespan, including aging, functioning, and rehabilitation, to develop sustainable health systems. (Bounameaux, Leonardi) http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 5 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs BOX 1 Continued Exploring 360-degree Functioning-Based Health Research • Use the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) system as a foundation to “convert abstract concepts into quantifiable data” and use standards from the ICF to: establish comparability among measures for functioning; standardize reporting and data collection on functioning in health systems; assist in defining improved outcomes from rehabilitation in the context of research; serve as a context for understanding functioning’s importance in health care delivery and policy; and consider its applicability to aging. (Beard, Bickenbach, Boggs, Engkasan, Gimigliano, Hajjioui, Leonardi, Prodinger, Reinhardt, Sillitti, Stucki, Willers) • Develop hybrid assessment tools that combine self-reporting and clinical as- sessments. (Beard, Boggs, Prodinger, Simonsick) • Create a clear, prioritized research agenda for the next five years that incor- porates implementation research. (Bean, Chatterji, Engkasan) Promoting Advocacy that Increases Support for Health Longevity, Rehabili- tation, and Functioning • Counter ageism, which limits access to rehabilitation and reinforces low ex- pectations, by calling it out directly, but also recognize that supporting healthy longevity and aging means understanding that older adults can have different goals. (Bickenbach, Katz, Keith, Morsch) • Establish human functioning sciences as a distinct discipline through mecha- nisms such as dedicated conferences and a scientific journal. (Beard, Cieza, Engkasan, Stucki) • Develop curricula to train researchers in best practices—both conducting and disseminating research—for human functioning sciences. (Engkasan, Hajjioui, Reinhardt) • Implement interprofessional approaches and models that optimize functioning, focus on the individual, and develop a more robust plan for evaluation and care, with an emphasis on community engagement across a variety of settings. (Hajjioui, Jette, Morsch, Willers) aThis list is the rapporteurs’ summary of points made by the individual speakers identi- fied, and the statements have not been endorsed or verified by the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. They are not intended to reflect a consensus among workshop participants. FOUNDATIONAL CONCEPTS Throughout the workshop, presenters built on foundational work by the WHO, NAM, and other groups. This section provides an overview of terms, concepts, and models that workshop participants referred to repeat- edly and discussed at length, though these definitions were not a focus of the workshop and consensus was not achieved or attempted on defining these terms. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 6 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Functioning Jerome Bickenbach, University of Lucerne (Switzerland), defined func- tioning as “information about how a person’s health state affects their daily life…information that describes the actual lived experience of health” (Bickenbach et al., 2023). He explained that functioning comprises the domains of both biological health (with biophysical information about bodily functions and structures), and lived health (with information about actual performance), where lived health is fully contextualized as an out- come of interactions between a person’s intrinsic health capacity and fea- tures of their environment (Bickenbach et al. 2023; Stucki and Bickenbach, 2017, 2019). According to Bickenbach, functioning “accounts for the value of health because it tells us that health matters to us because it improves what matters to us, namely what we can do. It explains behaviors, why we move toward seeking health care. It allows us to predict future health needs in terms of what people’s aspirations for what they want.” He added that functioning also helps make sense of disability in a way that fully comprehends the experience, as a limitation in functioning in the person’s environment. Alarcos Cieza, WHO (Switzerland), explained that function- ing can be categorized by our body functions and structures (e.g., pain, muscle weakness), our activities (e.g., self-care, walking), and our participa- tion (e.g., going to work or school). Matilde Leonardi, Fondazione IRCCS Istituto Nuerologico “Carlo Besta” (Italy), said that describing functioning is like describing the wetness of water in that the whole is obvious—how a person’s health state affects their daily life—but the components (i.e., hydro- gen and oxygen) by themselves do not explain the experience. Functioning is more than just the sum of its parts, but a comprehensive experience. She advocated for the initial definition of functioning as operationalizing health using a biopsychosocial model, with recognition that biological, psychologi- cal, and social factors interact and can affect functioning through different policies, systems, and services.4 WHO’s International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health Several participants discussed using WHO’s International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) to operationalize functioning in health systems and to build an evidence base for investing in function- ing and for identifying effective interventions. Bickenbach said the ICF is designed to measure and compare differences in health, enabling function- 4 The biopsychosocial approach systematically considers biological, psychological, and social factors and their complex interactions in understanding health, illness, and health care delivery. See: Engel, G. L. 1977. The need for a new medical model: A challenge for biomedi- cine. Science 196(4286):129-136. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 7 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs ing to serve as a third indicator of health, alongside mortality and morbid- ity. 5 The environmental, contextual, and personal factors that influence a person’s functioning were discussed in depth (see Figure 1). Several present- ers also referred to the discussion in a study by Bickenbach and colleagues (2023) of how functioning aligns with all six of the WHO’s health system building blocks (see Figure 2). John Beard, Columbia University (United States) and previously director of the WHO Department of Ageing and Life Course, noted that the ICF has been revolutionary in the field of aging. FIGURE 1 World Health Organization’s model for the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. NOTES: Contextual factors include environmental factors and personal factors. Environmental factors make up the physical, social, and attitudinal environment in which people live and conduct their lives. These factors are external to individuals and can have a positive or negative influence on the individual’s performance as a member of society, on the individual’s capacity to execute actions or tasks, or on individual’s body function or structure. Personal factors are the particular back- ground of an individual’s life and living and comprises features of the individual that are not part of a health condition or health state. These factors may include gender, race, age, other health conditions, fitness, lifestyle, habits, coping styles, social background, education, profession, past and current experience, and more. SOURCE: Presented by Francesca Gimigliano, University of Campania, February 16, 2024. Adapted from WHO, 2001. CC BY-NC-SA 3.0 JGO. 5 The WHO ICF model is not specific to health-related quality of life (HRQOL). Cieza and Stucki (2008) noted that while the WHO ICF categories under functioning can serve as the basis for the operationalization of HRQOL, these are not the only potential applications of the WHO ICF. Other frameworks, such as the Wilson and Clearly model, are specific to HRQOL. See Wilson, I. B., and P. D. Cleary. 1995. Linking clinical variables with health-related quality of life. A conceptual model of patient outcomes. JAMA 273(1):59-65. Health condition (disease, trauma) Activity Body function and body structure Participation Environmental Factors Personal FactorsContextual Factors http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 8 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs FIGURE 2 Highlights for implementing human functioning within health systems. NOTE: ICF = International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. SOURCE: Presented by Francesca Gimigliano, University of Campania, February 16, 2024. Bickenbach et al., 2023. CC BY 4.0. Health Longevity and Aging John Beard explained that the NAM Global Roadmap for Healthy Longevity defined health longevity as the state in which years in good health approach the biological life span, with physical, cognitive, and social functioning that enables well-being across populations (NASEM, 2022). He added that healthy aging is “not only lengthening the lifespan, but also extending the health span, allowing individuals to live high-quality, produc- tive lives well into the later years.” Rehabilitation Paola Sillitti, Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Develop- ment (OECD) (France), noted that rehabilitation is “sometimes a blurry term that includes many different types of services,” including physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech and language therapy, cognitive therapy, and mental health therapy, and can be accessed in a variety of settings. Alarcos Cieza shared the WHO’s definition of rehabilitation as “a set of interventions designed to optimize functioning and reduce disability in individuals with health conditions in interaction with their environment” http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 9 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs (WHO, 2023b). In her presentation, Francesca Gimigliano, University of Campania “Luigi Vanvitelli” (Italy), added that the definition of rehabilita- tion for research purposes is a “multimodal, person-centered, collaborative process including interventions targeting a person’s capacity and/or contex- tual factors related to performance, with the goal of optimizing the func- tioning of persons with health conditions currently experiencing disability or likely to experience disability, or persons with disability” (Negrini et al., 2022). Throughout the workshop, participants and presenters discussed— and sometimes disagreed about—to what extent rehabilitation should occur primarily in clinical practice (responding to a particular medical condition) or within a public health agenda. Disability-Adjusted Life-Years Researchers often use disability-adjusted life-years (DALYs) to measure functioning in a public health or economic context (see Figure 3). Abder- razak Hajjioui, Abdelmalek Essaâdi University (Morocco), noted that the rehabilitation community can aim to improve the years lived with a dis- ability, which can be reframed as “years lived without functioning, with- out quality of life, without well-being” for advocacy purposes. The use of DALYs and similar proxies was discussed at length, as was the need for more direct forms of measurement. For instance, Jan Reinhardt, Sichuan FIGURE 3 Disability-adjusted life-years. NOTE: DALY = Disability-adjusted life-years; RIP = rest in peace (referring to death). SOURCES: Presented by Abderrazak Hajjioui, February 16, 2024. Shah et al., 2019; originally adapted and reproduced through an Open Government License from Public Health England. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 10 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs University (China), commented that DALYs and similar units, which are often used to quantify burden of disease, rely on a “concept of disability that has absolutely nothing to do with how we see . . . and define” disabil- ity. Nonetheless, Carl Willers, Karolinska Institutet (Sweden), noted that such measures are currently used to build the case for investing in function- ing and rehabilitation. KEYNOTE PRESENTATIONS The workshop began with presentations by three keynote speakers on the three focuses of the workshop: the functioning revolution, health lon- gevity, and the WHO’s concept of rehabilitation. The Functioning Revolution Jerome Bickenbach posited that while “we’ve been speaking in func- tioning all of our lives,” its significance to our health and well-being is underappreciated and underacknowledged. He noted that the experience of health and what it means to a person to live with a condition is miss- ing from society’s concept and picture of health, which focuses solely on longevity, mortality, and morbidity. He used a personal example of how his foot joint pain is medically defined as concentrated urea crystals in his joint, which, while being important information, is an abstraction because it doesn’t communicate the pain felt when walking. The condition affects how he moves through the world, which affects whether he achieves or fails to achieve what he wants to accomplish. He asserted that being able to achieve our goals and aspirations is why health matters to us. Bickenbach stated that health systems need to be reoriented from assessing and addressing mortality and morbidity to assessing and address- ing the experience of health conditions—that is, functioning. Doing so, he argued, would fulfill the United Nations (UN) Sustainable Development Goal 3: to ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages. This goal implies a link between health and well-being, he continued; why does improving health improve well-being? “Well,” he said, “living a long life is a good thing . . . but you can live a long life in utter misery.” Bickenbach pointed out that, while the idea of well-being is very simple (“being able to do and become what you wish”), multiple factors adversely affect well-being, like poverty, discrimination, and migration. Health, he added, can also be a barrier. Bickenbach explained that the International Classification of Diseases (ICD) is a way to categorize information about disease and morbidity in an internationally comparable, standardized way. The ICD allows researchers to collect information that contributes to the understanding of what health services are being provided—and, more http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 11 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs importantly, he said, how those services can change outcomes. But the ICD does not enable data collection on what it is like to live with the conditions it describes; “we need to know what it’s like to live those conditions,” he stated. Early on, said Bickenbach, the ICF was characterized as a complement to the ICD, to provide more comprehensive data collection for research. But the ICF was also intended “to capture something which had been missing in our understanding of health,” he explained, to measure differ- ences in health states and identify the impact of interventions. He said that morbidity and mortality are indicators of health, but “the space in which you live [health conditions] out,” required a third, complementary indica- tor (Stucki and Bickenbach, 2017). “We use the term functioning for this space,” Bickenbach stated, which identifies classifications of body functions and structures, as well as activities and participation. According to Bickenbach, the major conceptual revolution is that functioning reveals the lived experience of health, and environmental fac- tors shape and determine that experience as much as the biophysiological changes that occur with a morbidity. Two people experiencing the same condition but in different environments experience different functioning, he continued. Two people suffering knee arthritis, as he does, who are in different environments, will experience qualitatively and quantitively differ- ent functioning: “it’s a different phenomenon to struggle to walk through snow uphill” than on flat ground, he explained. The environmental context, Bickenbach said, is a complex interplay of several factors made up of not only the physical elements of the environment (e.g., air quality, air pollu- tion levels, altitude) but also human-built structures that can contribute to or interfere with health. Environment may also include assistance that mitigate such difficulties, interpersonal interactions, and social structures and legal systems. Bickenbach clarified the relationship between intrinsic capacity and performance, emphasizing that distinguishing between these two concepts is central to the revolution of functioning and the theory of the ICF. Intrinsic health capacity, he said, is an abstraction of what we understand biophysi- ologically: information about the state of the body, expressed by functions and structures of basic biological components, known as biological health. This capacity is then translated and mediated through the environment, “which can contribute positively or negatively to an experience,” resulting in the lived experience of a health condition, or functioning. Information about functioning, Bickenbach said, includes both the biophysiological state (intrinsic capacity) and its effect on a person’s engaging in activities in their environment (performance), which describes information about how the state if the body affects all of the activities that a person actually engages in their actual environment. He asserted that the lens of performance offers http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 12 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs tools for changing environments, medications, and assistive technology. Disentangling capacity from performance enables a clearer understanding of what health services can offer when a person is facing diminished capac- ity, he said. Bickenbach then discussed how the functioning revolution applies not only to population aging but also to noncommunicable chronic diseases. He noted that the most salient indicator of a chronic health condition is stable or progressive decline in capacity, with low chances for improvement. But even with reduced capacity, there are tools to improve performance, such as changing environments to make them more accessible, modifying medica- tions and using assistive technologies. Bickenbach said that functioning is the “basis for conceptualizing health itself.” It links varying perspectives on capacity and provides a platform for operationalizing health, he explained. It also provides a way to measure improvement before and after an intervention. Functioning is revolutionary, asserted Bickenbach, because it shifts “the center of grav- ity” of health sciences. He concluded his presentation by adding that “a functioning-based approach to health sciences is a revolutionary way of entering into the domain and rearranging, coordinating, disentangling, and re-reconciling the health sciences in something which could literally be the first legitimate approach to interdisciplinary health research.” Healthy Longevity John Beard described how recent changes in health sciences can influ- ence and shift the global approach to aging and how functioning might be framed in the future. First, he mentioned the developing field of geroscience, which takes a biological perspective on aging. Second, he pointed out that an understanding of complex systems (e.g., related to climate change) has advanced, exposing the reality that change is often nonlinear and needs to be understood holistically. Third, he said, computational mechanisms, including machine learning, are enabling analysis of the “complex, dynamic biological changes that occur with age.” Beard asserted that this shift away from the traditional model, which waits for conditions to manifest before responding, has led to a tipping point in the field. He stated prevalence of chronic disease tends to increase with age and that “aging is the biggest risk factor for almost all of those chronic diseases, far more important than our behavior or other risk fac- tors,” but that “we’re identifying the health changes very, very late.” If clinicians wait until symptoms associated with a chronic conditions manifest, the best option is to limit progress of the condition, he explained. Although most people over age 65 are managing complex chronic morbidi- ties, Beard continued, it is becoming possible to identify conditions earlier, http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 13 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs before crossing the symptom threshold, so that the chronic disease does not develop or is delayed until much later in life. Functioning declines long after the onset of biological and phenotypical deterioration, he said, due to the body’s ability to compensate. Beard stated that 2015 WHO World Report on Ageing and Health “framed healthy aging around the functional ability to be and do” what people value to foster well-being (WHO, 2015). People value feeling safe, having a place to live, having access to healthy nutrition, and being in a walkable and safe environment. Older adults also want to learn, grow, be mobile, and retain autonomy “to their last breath, if possible,” he said, and importantly, older adults want to have relationships and contribute to society, and to be acknowledged. Being able to achieve this well-being relies on both the individual’s health state and their physical and social environment, he said. Adding to Bickenbach’s discussion of capacity as an abstraction, Beard said that WHO’s idea of intrinsic capacity includes all the individual-level attributes that contribute to ability. Capacity grows and develops over the life course, he said, then reaches a peak and declines gradually. The second half of life includes a significant range of capacity, said Beard, and the tendency to box older adults into one group of those age 65 and older is incorrect, as “one of the great hallmarks of aging is heterogeneity.” Beard emphasized that segmenting the population into groups enables appropriate policy responses to help them “build and maintain the highest possible level of capacity” (see Figure 4). This approach formed the basis for the UN Decade of Healthy Ageing, spanning 2021 to 2030, with four priority areas: (1) combatting agism and “changing the way we think, feel, and act about aging and older people”; (2) changing the built environment to allow people to experience aging positively; (3) reframing health systems to address chronic complex conditions that tend to accompany older age; and (4) ensuring access for all to health care and other forms of support. Beard described WHO’s Integrated Care for Older People (ICOPE) approach as being functioning-based (WHO, 2019). Using a model similar to that of pediatrics, ICOPE compares an individual’s functional trajectory with population means. ICOPE’s entry point is screening for functioning rather than disease, and if an individual screens below a certain level, they receive more in-depth assessment and an integrative care pathway. Beard reported that ICOPE is being scaled up in several places, such as in France.6 In order to make the concept of intrinsic capacity more concrete, Beard said that five subdomains of capacity (cognitive, sensory, locomotor, vital- ity, and psychological) can be assessed using common indicators, such as recall and verbal with cognitive capacity, or vision and hearing with sensory 6 See https://www.icope.fr/ (accessed April 16, 2024). https://www.icope.fr/ http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs 14 FI G U R E 4 L if e co ur se o pp or tu ni ti es f or in te rv en ti on . SO U R C E : P re se nt ed b y Jo hn B ea rd , F eb ru ar y 16 , 2 02 4. B ea rd e t al ., fo rt hc om in g. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 15 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs capacity. He cited two studies that reveal the power of capacity at predict- ing outcomes: One study from England demonstrated that after accounting for factors such as gender, age, education level, wealth and multimorbidi- ties, intrinsic capacity strongly predicted the subsequent development of care dependence (Beard et al., 2019). Another in China showed similar associations (Beard et al., 2022). He linked the vitality subdomain specifi- cally to potentially capturing the underlying biological changes that are the focus of geroscience, suggesting these biological changes ultimately become expressed as more overt capacities and provide resilience to allow people to recover from external stressors. Beard discussed the Study of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe,7 which revealed that people of lower socioeconomic status experience worse capacity as they age compared with those of higher socioeconomic status, and that those who need resources the most have the least access them Additionally, this study found vast differences among European countries in declines in capacity, indicating the role of environment and the muta- bility of these effects (Arokiasamy et al., 2015). Beard then examined the English Longitudinal Study of Ageing,8 which looked at intrinsic capacity in four cohorts and found that more recent cohorts had slower reductions in capacity and that people are entering older age at higher capacities (mainly because they gained higher capacities earlier in life; Beard et al., 2019). Beard discussed the National Academy of Medicine’s Global Roadmap for Healthy Longevity (NASEM, 2022), which defines healthy longevity as “when the health span equals the lifespan.” Although people are surviving diseases and thereby living longer, they often have more or more severe chronic conditions, he said; for example, people can survive a heart attack but still live with chronic heart disease. Beard closed by saying, “Now is the time to start thinking about how we can actually move forward and embrace all of these dramatic changes” in other fields and “reframe the way we think about aging and health.” Rehabilitation in Health Systems: The Time Is Now Alarcos Cieza discussed the World Health Assembly’s recent adoption of the WHO resolution on rehabilitation in health systems and emphasized how three factors contributed to the resolution: conceptual clarity on 7 The Survey of Health, Ageing and Retirement in Europe is a research infrastructure for studying the effects of health, social, economic and environmental policies over the life course of European citizens and beyond. See https://share-eric.eu/ (accessed April 16, 2024). 8 The English Longitudinal Study of Ageing is an ongoing study on a group of adults liv- ing in England ages 50 years and older. The study began in 2002, with interviews conducted at two-year intervals on multiple topics including demographics, social care, and functional capacity. See https://www.elsa-project.ac.uk/about-elsa (accessed April 16, 2024). https://share-eric.eu/ https://www.elsa-project.ac.uk/about-elsa http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 16 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs rehabilitation; stakeholder cohesion; and support from individuals, coun- tries, institutions, and organizations for the rehabilitation agenda. Cieza said the resolution focuses on ways that rehabilitation is fundamental for strengthening health systems with a political mandate, normative weight, and moral value. Box 2 summarizes Cieza’s overview of the resolution’s key components. Conceptually, rehabilitation is about optimizing a person’s level of functioning, Cieza said, and how interventions seek to reduce disability and work with people’s environments toward optimal functioning. A key component of the WHO resolution was to support equity and improve access to high-quality rehabilitation services, she noted. Less than 50 per- cent of those who could benefit from rehabilitation services have access to them (Cieza et al., 2021). The only mechanism for achieving equity, she declared, is ensuring that rehabilitation services are part of universal health care coverage through the strengthening of health systems so that people can receive needed services without facing financial hardship. She added that rehabilitation services should be integrated not only in specialized centers but also at the secondary, tertiary, and community levels to ensure comprehensive coverage and access. BOX 2 World Health Assembly Resolution 76.6 on Strengthening Rehabilitation in Health Systems: An Overviewa On May 30, 2023, the WHO passed Resolution WHA76.6, Strengthening Rehabilitation in Health Systems. Alarcos Cieza summarized the major compo- nents of the resolution: 1. Requests that the WHO Director-General continues the work of producing evidence, engaging stakeholders, and supporting countries. 2. Urges member states to integrate rehabilitation in their national health plans and policies, taking action in (a) financing, (b) expanding services and the health services workforce, (c) developing health information systems, (d) continuing quality research, (e) establishing rehabilitation in emergency services, and (f) developing assistive technologies. 3. Invites civil society to collect data for evidence-based policymaking, research and innovate assistive technologies, and advocate for rehabilitation. SOURCE: Presentation by Alarcos Cieza, February 16, 2024; WHO, 2023a. aThis list is the rapporteurs’ summary of points made by the individual speaker identified. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 17 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Cieza explained that the resolution required “stakeholders’ cohesion”, which was garnered through the Rehabilitation 2030 initiative.9 These efforts included producing evidence, such as the 2019 Global Burden of Disease Study, which reported that 2.4 billion people globally experience a health condition that could benefit from rehabilitation (Cieza et al. 2021). This figure increased by 63 percent in 30 years, driven by the aging population. Cieza also mentioned a special issue of the WHO Bulletin on advancing rehabilitation through health policy and systems research (WHO, 2022b) and the guidebook Clinical Management of COVID- 19 (WHO, 2023c), which showed that rehabilitation is essential for the clinical management of infectious diseases, as well as other conditions. Through Rehabilitation 2030, Cieza said, WHO also developed technical tools for strengthening health systems, such as the Package of Interven- tions for Rehabilitation.10 Cieza reported that WHO worked for 3 years with 725 rehabilitation experts from all 6 WHO regions to create these technical tools, and these efforts contributed substantially to stakeholder cohesion. Finally, Cieza explained, passing the resolution required the work of “champions”. She said that these included individuals, many of whom participated in the workshop, academic institutions, organizations such as nongovernmental organizations and foundations, and WHO member states. In closing, Cieza invited participants to study the resolution and also challenged participants to use the resolution to inform their deliberations throughout the workshop and beyond. FUNCTIONING AND REHABILITATION FOR HEALTHY LONGEVITY Somnath Chatterji, formerly of the WHO, opened the first panel ses- sion by discussing tools and standards for measurement necessary to move the field forward. He remarked on the importance of measurement, saying, “What you measure is what you manage, and what you manage is what you change.” Operationalizing Functioning for Population Health Francesca Gimigliano explained that rehabilitation is key to optimizing functioning. She discussed the importance of contextualizing functioning and presented different tools and methods in operationalizing functioning 9 See https://www.who.int/initiatives/rehabilitation-2030 (accessed April 17, 2024). 10 See https://www.who.int/activities/integrating-rehabilitation-into-health-systems/service- delivery/package-of-interventions-for-rehabilitation (accessed May 10, 2024). https://www.who.int/initiatives/rehabilitation-2030 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 18 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs and rehabilitation in health care settings. Understanding a person’s function- ing in context is key, said Gimigliano. She illustrated why context matters with an example of astronauts, who often have very high intrinsic capacity on Earth but limited capacity in a different environment like the moon. Gimigliano noted that although there are differing definitions of rehabil- itation, functioning is a critical aspect of rehabilitation. She outlined several tools to describe the building blocks of integrating functioning across health systems, including the International Classification of Service Organization in Rehabilitation,11 the Individual Rehabilitation Project,12 the Scheda di Dimissione Ospedaliera in Riabilitazione,13 Standardized Assessment and Reporting System for functioning information,14 the WHO’s Model Dis- ability Survey,15 and the International Society of Physical and Rehabilita- tion Medicine’s Clinical Functioning Information Tool (ClinFIT).16 Gimigliano said that key to functioning as it relates to the ICF is partici- pation or performance, which is “the ultimate goal of rehabilitation.” She suggested that advancing technologies such as the Metaverse could enable individuals to return to participation in new way (Calabrò et al., 2022). She concluded that “functioning really depends on the timing, on the context, on the place, and on everything that is around us.” Role of Functioning in Healthy Longevity Research Eleanor Simonsick, National Institute on Aging (United States), dis- cussed three areas of functioning in healthy longevity research: hands-on functional performance testing, functional assessment, and assessing age- appropriate metrics of success. She stated that functional performance 11 See Gutenbrunner et al., 2020. 12 See Zampolini et al., 2022. 13 The Scheda di Dimissione Ospedaliera in Riabilitazione is a tool for collecting informa- tion relating to each patient discharged from public and private hospitalization institutions throughout the national territory. In English, this is known as the “Hospital Discharge Form in Rehabilitation.” See https://www.salute.gov.it/portale/temi/p2_5.jsp?lingua=italiano&area= ricoveriOspedalieri&menu=rilevazione (accessed April 18, 2024). 14 The Standardized Assessment and Reporting System for functioning information is a methodology for developing an interval-scaled common metric system to apply the ICF in different settings to assess and report functioning information in a standardized manner. It builds upon the ICF framework. See Maritz et al., 2020; Prodinger et al., 2016; Prodinger et al., 2018. 15 The Model Disability Survey is a survey tool that provides comprehensive information about the levels of disability in a population. See https://www.who.int/news-room/questions- and-answers/item/model-disability-survey (accessed April 18, 2024). 16 The Clinical Functioning Information Tool (ClinFIT) is a tool developed under the aus- pices of International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine based on the 30 ICF categories of the ICF Generic-30. ClinFIT can be tailored and adapted for specific patient groups and settings. See Frontera et al., 2019. https://www.salute.gov.it/portale/temi/p2_5.jsp?lingua=italiano&area=ricoveriOspedalieri&menu=rilevazione https://www.salute.gov.it/portale/temi/p2_5.jsp?lingua=italiano&area=ricoveriOspedalieri&menu=rilevazione https://www.who.int/news-room/questions-and-answers/item/model-disability-survey https://www.who.int/news-room/questions-and-answers/item/model-disability-survey http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 19 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs assessments are essential as many individuals are unaware of their capaci- ties and limitations; functional performance testing is just the beginning as the behaviors and health conditions that underly or contribute to defi- cient performance are vast; and functional performance testing should tap capacities as well as limitations, with evaluation criteria accounting for age, sex, and size. She explained that many people are unaware of their limitations or may underreport the severity of their impairments, so performance tests can provide a more accurate assessment of functioning. Simonsick described the Health, Aging and Body Composition Study,17 which evaluated older adults who reported no difficulty with walking a quarter mile (or 400 meters), climbing a flight of stairs or activities of daily living using an objec- tive walking test covering 400 meters. Participants were first assessed by phone, and eligible participants received a secondary assessment during a home visit. Following these two assessments, nearly 400 participants, or 12 percent, were excluded from the walking test due to health-related exclu- sion criteria (e.g., an electrocardiogram abnormality), and 356 participants could not complete the test because of an overly elevated heart rate, chest or leg pain, shortness of breath, or excessive fatigue. Stoppage or exclu- sion from the test predicted walking difficulty two and a half years later. Walking test performance also predicted cardiac outcomes and mortality (Newman et al., 2003). Next, Simonsick explained that functional assessment is like a cur- tained window to health and aging, in that while functional performance testing can reveal limitations, it does not necessarily reveal the underlying causes (i.e., what is on the other side of the window). The Lifestyle Inter- ventions and Independence for Elders Study sought to understand whether structured physical activity could delay onset of disability for people on the cusp of mobility disability and found statistically significant but nonetheless weak differences between the intervention and control groups.18 In addition to an overall weak impact of the mobility intervention, Simonsick noted that around 60 percent of the 800 total participants went on medical leave at least once, and 25 percent went on medical leave at least twice during the study period (Pahor et al., 2006). Simonsick also shared the study results within selected population subgroups, noting that the activity intervention was not successful in those with cardiovascular disease, as it did not address the likely underlying cause(s) or provide appropriate rehabilitation services. 17 The Health, Aging and Body Composition Study is an interdisciplinary study that began in 1997 and collected data for 17 years on a cohort of Black and White adults living in two U.S. cities. See https://www.nia.nih.gov/healthabc-study (accessed May 10, 2024). 18 The Lifestyle Interventions and Independence for Elders Study was a National Institute on Aging clinical trial that studied 1,600 sedentary older adults over a 2.7-year period. See https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/study/NCT01072500 (accessed April 18, 2024). https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/study/NCT01072500 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 20 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Likewise, individuals exhibiting mild cognitive impairment also did not derive benefit from the activity intervention as it did not target cognitive challenges. Simonsick concluded her presentation by discussing the “tyranny of low expectations” and stressed the importance of including age-appropriate metrics of success alongside indicators of failure. Simonsick illustrated this point by highlighting several longitudinal cohort studies on sarcopenia— age-related loss of muscle mass and strength, which has been evaluated using grip strength, chair stand performance, and gait speed (Cleveland Clinic, 2022). Simonsick used an article providing normative data from 12 studies of British participants to illustrate that men and women ages 60-65 with grip strength below the fifth, tenth, or fifteenth percentile for their sex and age group do not meet age-agnostic criteria for sarcopenia (Dodds et al., 2014), whereas high proportions of those older than 80 performing in the 75th percentile for their age would be deemed sarcopenic. Simonsick emphasized that in a resource-limited environment, young-old individuals performing well below their age-peers and just beginning to decline may derive more benefit from active rehabilitation than individuals in their nine- ties performing well relative to their peers. Monitoring Functioning for Health Systems: Lessons Learned Alan Jette, Boston University (United States), shared lessons he has learned when working with health systems in monitoring patients’ func- tioning throughout the episode of care. Jette reiterated the importance of conceptual clarity and said that monitoring functioning should be done at the level of an individual’s performance of activities, which can help researchers and clinicians describe, measure, and explain the interaction between an individual’s biological health and the environment. He argued that both capacity and actual daily life performance are important because they provide different information and emphasized that when discussing functioning, a focus on an individual’s behavior in an environmental con- text, not on body systems and organs, is necessary. Jette said a key lesson is being very selective in what health systems monitor, as too much detail may not be useful. Rather than a universal core set of functions, he said that health systems should focus on monitor- ing selective functions that reflect the system context for a specific purpose or application. Jette also emphasized the importance of collaborating with health systems, clinician and patient groups, and content and health system experts. Partnerships with these groups have changed the way functioning is monitored in health systems. The next lesson, Jette said, is accepting and adopting contemporary approaches and tools. Classically, monitoring function used a set of fixed http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 21 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs items regardless of their appropriateness to a particular patient (e.g., the Functional Independence Measure). And while many instruments for mea- suring functioning are available and can be useful, most are setting-specific, generate different scores, cannot be compared easily, and need many items or instruments to cover all relevant functional outcomes, which can be burdensome. Newer approaches include the Item Response Theory,19 a group of measurement models where outcome scores are item-based rather than test-based and scored on probability models. This enables quantitative measuring of function and leaves behind traditional ordinal scores. Another innovation is computerized adaptive testing (CAT),20 which can integrate Item Response Theory efficiently on large scales using an algorithm that selects a functional item based on a patient’s previous response. Jette said his work using CAT in the Activity Measure for Post-acute Care21 can be completed by either clinicians or patients and is sensitive to clinically meaningful change. Finally, Jette said, functional monitoring needs to be adaptable and simple. For example, colleagues from the Cleveland Clinic asked for an adaptation of Activity Measure for Post-acute Care that did not include CAT, which was impractical for their health system. In simplifying the instrument, the team was able to use Item Response Theory to track selected items that improved decision making in referrals and discharge planning. Jette’s team also developed short-form tests without CAT technology, ver- sions of which are being used by more than 1,000 health care institutions in the United States. Panel Discussion In response to Jette’s call for conceptual clarity, John Beard suggested that there is a philosophical difference between the current approaches toward aging science and clinical rehabilitation. The latter tends to measure and restore significant losses, he said, whereas the field of aging science seeks to identify and prevent incremental changes early on. Gerold Stucki expressed his worry that different approaches to rehabilitation and aging may divide the world, commenting that rehabilitation is a health strategy for improvement in all settings, not just clinical. Jan Reinhardt noted that the environmental setting is important when considering measurement, as 19 Item response theory refers to models that explain the relationship between unobservable characteristics or attributes and their observed outcomes, responses, or performance. 20 Computerized adaptive testing is a type of computer-based testing that adapts and re- sponds to the test-taker’s ability level. 21 Activity measure for post-acute care (AM-PAC) is an instrument that assesses an indi- vidual’s execution of discrete daily tasks in their environment across major domains defined by the ICF. See Haley et al., 2004. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 22 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs capacity and performance may differ based on the presence of facilitators or supports. Jette responded that conceptually, the capacity to function is different than actual functional behavior or daily life performance. Fary Khan, University of Melbourne (Australia), mentioned that for older adults, it is often not a single impairment but cumulative and multiple deficits that lead to functional decline, citing research with individuals with multiple sclerosis. Reflections on Operationalizing Measurement of Functioning On the second day of the workshop, a breakout group composed of the first panel’s speakers and other workshop participants discussed how to advance functioning measurement.22 Chatterji reported on the group’s dis- cussion on two aspects of measurement: (1) monitoring population health using functioning, as well as whether health interventions are improv- ing population health and disease burden, and (2) creating measures that improve clinical management of patients, with implications for both clinical epidemiology and the impact of interventions. He highlighted the need for matching patients’ profiles with specific interventions to improve outcomes and co-effectiveness. In discussing future action, Chatterji stated that a clear research agenda identifying priorities and milestones for the next five years is needed. Additionally, referencing implementation of functioning measures within national health information systems would demonstrate proof of concept. Chatterji asserted that because burden of disease is important to the pub- lic health agenda, collaboration with those involved in measuring disease burden is critical, with the hope of potentially shifting their thinking as it relates to measurement. Collaboration is also needed, he said, with research funders, patient associations, and philanthropies. Other members of the breakout group discussed stratifying the popu- lation by risk and other factors to enable early identification and targeted interventions. The group also discussed how to study the two-way relation- ship between determinants of health and functioning; monitoring func- tioning over time to assess cohort effects, rates of decline, and impact of interventions; and examining factors that determine older adults’ functional capacities compared to actual functional performance. In response to Chatterji’s report on measuring functioning at the popu- lation level, Beard commented on the need for direct measures of func- tioning, stating that DALYs (see Figure 3) and healthy life expectancy are 22 This section describes the report-backs of discussions that occurred during a breakout session. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual partici- pants and should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 23 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs indirect measures. He expressed concern that overlaying aging with func- tioning will promote ageism, sharing the example that measuring workforce participation does not apply equally to all. An impoverished older person who has lost significant capacity through years of heavy work may con- tinue to participate in the workforce out of necessity, not because they are healthy. Leonardi suggested that the five-year plan could call for studies on risk factors and determinants of health because these factors are modifiable. Chatterji replied that “we have to pick our battles here”; making the case that burden of disease is an inadequate measure and demonstrating the feasibility of direct measurement of functioning in the population would be immense progress, he asserted. Walter Frontera commented on the need to develop tools for collecting data and making the economic case for invest- ment in functioning and rehabilitation. Chatterji replied that numerous tools are available (e.g., ClinFIT and ICF Standardized Assessment and Report System), but domains need to be identified that span from patients in a clinical setting to healthy individuals in a community. MAKING A COMPELLING INVESTMENT CASE FOR OPTIMIZING FUNCTIONING Gerold Stucki moderated the second panel, on building the evidence base to make the economic case for investing in rehabilitation and function- ing. He mentioned that while expanding services and insurance coverage may be the first area to address, proactive, innovative solutions are needed to shift the focus from merely treating health conditions to a more compre- hensive approach to optimizing functioning. Measuring and Enhancing Functioning in Health Systems Paola Sillitti presented the importance of measuring what matters to people by gathering data on their health, well-being, and functioning, and on how to build the economic case for rehabilitation. In 2021 OECD countries spent an average of 15 percent of their budget on health (OECD, 2023).23 Investments in health typically focus on preventing and managing chronic conditions, Sillitti continued. The outcome of these expenditures is that people are living longer: in 2022 the average life expectancy in OECD countries was approximately 80 years, which is up from around 68 years in 1960 and 77 years at the turn of the century (OECD, 2023). Preliminary data from the OECD Patient-Reported Indicator Surveys also showed that 23 The OECD has 38 member countries. See https://www.oecd.org/about/members-and- partners/ (accessed April 18, 2024). https://www.oecd.org/about/members-and-partners/ https://www.oecd.org/about/members-and-partners/ http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 24 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs people’s rating of their health depended more on the number of chronic conditions they were facing than on their age (OECD, 2023). Historically, researchers first focused on measuring mortality and life expectancy, then moved toward understanding levels of disability and now toward measuring well-being. There is growing interest in measuring what really matters to people, though gathering such data is challenging, she explained. Since 2017 the Patient-Reported Indicator Surveys initiative has sought to center people’s needs and preferences in health systems perfor- mance assessment, which is at the core of OECD’s new framework (OECD, 2024; see Figure 5). FIGURE 5 Health system performance assessment framework by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. SOURCE: Presented by Paola Sillitti, February 16, 2024. OECD, 2024. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 25 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Sillitti continued by stating that investments in health are necessary for curative care, as well as preventing and managing chronic conditions and supporting functioning. Rehabilitation is an important component of these objectives, and rehabilitation services are available in 86 percent of OECD countries.24 She added that the evidence base is small but growing for demonstrating the effectiveness of rehabilitation. Some existing evidence shows that rehabilitation might provide both cost benefits and savings. Rehabilitation could also enable older adults to continue contributing to the “economy of well-being,” she said. When people contribute to society, they also contribute to economic advancement, leading to healthier popula- tions with higher levels of well-being. Additionally, rehabilitation supports older adults after they receive acute care, when they are more likely to have accidents and falls—thereby reducing the risk of receiving additional (and costly) acute care, according to some existing evidence. She added that investments are needed to establish a stronger evidence base to demonstrate these benefits of rehabilitation. She concluded her presentation by inviting those interested to review OECD’s work on the Patient-Reported Indicator Surveys initiative and other efforts, such as the Health at a Glance report (OECD, 2023).25 Building Evidence for an Investment Case Carl Willers discussed the investment case for optimizing functioning for healthy aging and longevity. Because resources are scarce and interven- tions are costly, defining the indicators for functioning is essential. Health indicators have historically focused on morbidity and mortality and most resources are concentrated on reducing those. But if these indicators are not sufficient to explain individuals’ degree of well-being and if efforts to address these do not correlate with well-being, then resources may be concentrated in areas that are not of the highest priority, he explained. He added that health-related quality of life is traditionally used to indicate the benefit of a given treatment but may differ from actual lived health without accounting for the contributions a person may make to society as a result of reducing burden of disease. Willers stated that building a case for optimizing functioning will require high-quality data to demonstrate the cost difference in outcomes with new versus old interventions (see Box 3). Additionally, data can show value based on outcomes from an intervention compared with the costs of that intervention. Worldwide, 2.4 billion people would benefit from 24 These are preliminary data from OECD. 25 See https://OECD.org/health (accessed May 10, 2024). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 26 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs rehabilitation services (Cieza et al., 2021).26 In the United States, the cost- effectiveness of rehabilitation interventions could save an estimated $15.5 billion annually (Neumann et al., 2014).27 Willers asserted that rehabilita- tion efforts are needed in many sectors in addition to health care, including the labor market, education, and social affairs and leisure. Panel Discussion In response to Willers’s comments on a multisector approach to reha- bilitation, Leonardi cautioned that defining functioning broadly may be “deresponsibilizing everyone,” implying inaction because no one in particu- lar bears responsibility to solve the problem. Willers agreed that the multi- sectoral approach risks diluting the value of rehabilitation and that the first step is building evidence for rehabilitation interventions within health care. However, he said, this does not contradict the need for continued data col- lection, research, and studies to show ministries of health that investment 26 The cumulative estimate of 2.4 billion people living with a disability equals about 310 million years lived with disability. Years of healthy life lost due to disability is defined as one full year of healthy life lost due to disability or illness. See https://www.who.int/data/gho/ indicator-metadata-registry/imr-details/160 (accessed May 10, 2024). 27 In U.S. cost-effectiveness studies, $50,000 is the most commonly cited cost-per-QALY threshold. See Grosse, 2008. BOX 3 Characteristics of Functioning and Cost Data Needed to Build an Investment Case Carl Willers presented characteristics of data needed to build a case for investing in functioning. Data should be: • Structured and standardized, applying the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health to enable comparison across condi- tions and contexts; • Granular in detailing both outcomes and costs; • Contextualized and based on individual preferences; • Routine-based for registration and reporting; • Accessible for continuous monitoring and research; • Complete, including both direct and indirect costs; and • Transparent about methods used (e.g., how expense categories were allocated, approach for quantifying indirect costs). SOURCE: Presented by Carl Willers, February 16, 2024. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 27 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs should occur across all sectors. Sillitti brought up “health in all policies” as a precedent for this approach and said involving other sectors does not necessarily dilute efforts but makes them stronger with more support. Beard commented that the Global Burden of Disease does not account for the benefits of rehabilitation; people who are recovering from a disease would still be counted in prevalence data. Willers responded that the aim is to add a functioning perspective to a common unit of measure, such as DALYs. Jerome Bickenbach warned against mixing descriptions (e.g., does a person have deficits?) and assessments of functioning (e.g., do those deficits bother them?) and said that using a description such as DALYs as a proxy for assessment can be confusing. Sillitti replied that the two comple- ment rather than oppose one another, and Willers add that the maxim “don’t let the perfect become the enemy of the better” can be useful, as seeking a perfect indicator or measurement should not conflict with striv- ing for improved tools. Walter Frontera asked whether the rationale built on the OECD data can be applied to low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). Sillitti replied that OECD mainly comprises high- and middle- income countries, but the cost-effectiveness of rehabilitation should apply to LMICs as well. One workshop attendee asked about the bottleneck in data collec- tion. Willers said, “It’s at least partially a matter of comparability,” and said using the ICF would enable comparisons across diseases and in other contexts. Stucki agreed, noting that the data may be available and the ICF can be used as a reference system to map the data. Sillitti added that health care research is “data rich but information poor”—in other words, lots of data are available but the tools to interpret them properly are less so. Vanessa Seijas, University of Lucerne, said, “Some people could argue that we have been measuring functioning for a long time,” citing the 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey, used in the Nurse Health Survey since 1992, which asks questions such as how conditions limited a person’s ability to perform tasks in the last four weeks.28 She asked Willers to comment about the challenges seen so far. Willers responded that two obstacles are the subjectivity of patient-reported data (such as in the 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey) and the need for greater context specificity. Elias Mpofu, University of North Texas (United States), asked whether subjective costs are adequately measured when using cost-effectiveness and utility to dem- onstrate value. Willers agreed that suffering, pain, and other categories need to be acknowledged and included in the equation. 28 The 36-Item Short-Form Survey is a tool used to assess quality-of-life measures. See https://www.rand.org/health-care/surveys_tools/mos/36-item-short-form.html (accessed April 18, 2024). https://www.rand.org/health-care/surveys_tools/mos/36-item-short-form.html http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 28 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Reflections on Building the Economic Case for Functioning and Rehabilitation On the second day of the workshop, Sillitti reported back on the discus- sion from the breakout group on economics,29 which discussed developing policies that allow people to “live better, improve their well-being,” and that incorporate people’s health, social system, and environment. Because these policies must be evidence driven, the evidence itself needs to be devel- oped, ideally using a learning health system approach, she explained. Sil- litti emphasized that economic outcomes need to include affected people’s viewpoints, such as the importance of contributing within their workplace or living independently. Outcome measures need to account for both formal and informal costs, including long-term care and social services. Data col- lected need to be accessible and interoperable, and they need to reflect the continuum of care across the lifespan and across sectors. These qualities will address the issue of the health care sector being “data rich and informa- tion poor,” where data are available but not linked or comparable for use in a meaningful way, she explained. The participants in this breakout group said that the understanding of conceptual frameworks and measurement instruments for disability, functioning, and well-being need to be clarified as two distinct but comple- mentary things. Additionally, infrastructure needs to be developed to enable standardized reporting of functioning information. Making an investment case includes demonstrating opportunity costs, showing the cost of not investing in rehabilitation across sectors or having adequate access to ade- quate services, and aligning incentives for those who are financing services and those receiving positive spillovers from implementing services. Abderrazak Hajjioui commented that the field needs more studies about opportunity costs for LMICs specifically, because while governments in these countries do not need to be convinced that rehabilitation is important, they need to see that these investments affect the gross domestic product. Policymakers may be convinced, he continued, if they see that they are losing money by investing only in acute medicine, especially when patients go home to die of complications. Patricia Morsch, Pan American Health Organization (PAHO) (United States), agreed, saying that disaggregating information can demonstrate the benefits of rehabilitation on older adults because long-term care for these individuals is expensive for countries. Leonardi commented that instruments are needed for demonstrating that rehabilitation helps to maintain a level of functioning and that without it, functioning levels would worsen. Most measures are designed to show 29 This section describes the discussions that occurred during a breakout session. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual participants and should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 29 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs improvement rather than maintaining the same function, she added. Diana Pacheco, University of Lucerne, responded that economists make the case for an intervention by comparing people who have a health condition with members of the general population who have similar characteristics but lack that health condition; this allows for measuring the benefits of main- taining functioning, even if the intervention does not improve functioning. Stucki brought up the need for functioning trajectories that demonstrate how a person’s functioning would be affected without an intervention (a counterfactual), which would enable cost analysis and evaluation of both overall effectiveness and cost-effectiveness. IMPROVING REHABILITATION IN HEALTH SERVICES DELIVERY AND CARE ACROSS THE LIFE COURSE NiCole Keith, Indiana University (United States), introduced the panel on health services delivery by emphasizing that rehabilitation is a public health strategy that extends beyond the health care sector. Referencing the billions of people who lack access to health care, she emphasized that if measurement is only occurring in health care settings, then “we’re missing a large percentage of the population.” Panelists described the implementa- tion of rehabilitation strategies in the health systems in various parts of the world, emphasizing the role of the community and environment in individual functioning. Rehabilitation as a Strategy for Promoting Healthy Aging Patricia Morsch presented on ways rehabilitation can serve as an inter- professional and transdisciplinary strategy to support healthy aging and healthy longevity. In PAHO countries, the gap between life expectancy and healthy life expectancy is 12 years (PAHO, n.d.).30 Functioning can be optimized in spite of diminished capacity through appropriate and timely interventions in the health system (e.g., rehabilitation), long-term care, and age-friendly environments (see Figure 6). Morsch added that rehabilitation needs are increasing with age and thus emphasized the importance of having rehabilitation services specifically for older adults, as well as preventive care. Morsch described PAHO’s ICOPE framework for implementing a strat- egy for promoting healthy aging (see Figure 7). These guidelines support health professionals at the micro, meso, and macro levels (see Meyer et al., 2014). ICOPE starts with a person’s intrinsic capacity and develops a more 30 Data for the widening gap between life expectancy and healthy life expectancy between 1990 to 2017 comes from the Global Burden of Disease Collaborative Network. See https:// vizhub.healthdata.org/gbd-results/ (accessed April 18, 2024). https://vizhub.healthdata.org/gbd-results/ https://vizhub.healthdata.org/gbd-results/ http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 30 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs FIGURE 6 Trajectories of healthy aging: Optimizing functional ability. SOURCES: Presented by Patricia Morsch, February 16, 2024. Adapted from WHO. 2021. Decade of healthy ageing: Baseline report. https://www.who.int/publications/i/ item/9789240017900 (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO is not responsible for the con- tent or accuracy of this adaption. in-depth, person-centered plan for evaluation and care, with an emphasis on community engagement. It also involves risk assessment to enable inter- ventions to begin before capacities are lost. With a focus on functioning, ICOPE can been adapted to the reali- ties of each PAHO country where it is implemented. The strategy aims to incorporate functioning in the practices already in place in each country, with a community worker or case manager to integrate the information and help the individual navigate referrals to community services, keeping the emphasis on what is important for each person. Morsch presented two examples of programs that PAHO has used to implement ICOPE and increase community engagement. The Com- munity Aging in Place Advancing Better Living for Elders program, which is being implemented in the United States, connects older adults with a repair worker, occupational therapist, and nurse to improve functioning.31 31 See https://nursing.jhu.edu/faculty-research/research/projects/capable/ (accessed April 12, 2024). 17 IN S IG H T S Functional ability Intrinsic capacity Supportive environments Functional ability Intrinsic capacity Supportive environments Functional ability Intrinsic capacity Supportive environments HEALTH SYSTEM LONG-TERM CARE ENVIRONMENTS Prevent and detect chronic conditions Reverse/slow declines Promote capacity- enhancing behaviours Change how we think, feel and act towards age and ageing Remove barriers to compensate for loss of capacity Ensure dignified late life Manage conditions HIGH AND STABLE CAPACITY DECLINING CAPACITY Support capacity-enhancing behaviours SIGNIFICANT LOSS OF CAPACITY Functional ability optimized due to supportive environments http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 31 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Through this program, a repair worker might provide adjustments to the patient’s home so that they can remain living there with improved function- ing. Initial evidence points to improvements in activities of daily living and reduction in depressive symptoms and home hazards (Szanton et al., 2016). Second, Vivifrail is a 12-week program that prescribes home-based exercise based on results of a functional test, with the goal of improving functional capacity.32 Participants receive a passport book with their exercises, and after 12 weeks, they receive a new passport of exercises tailored to their improvements through the program. Vivifrail is a unique intervention as it allows participants to complete exercises at home and does not require a health care provider or rehabilitation professional. Prehabilitation, Prevention, and Maintenance for Maximizing Functioning Fary Khan spoke about the clinician perspective in the Asia-Pacific region,33 and ongoing work on integrating prevention into rehabilitation (“prehabilitation”) and optimizing functioning in multiple programs. By 2050 an estimated 59 percent of the world’s population of those aged 80 32 See https://vivifrail.com/ (accessed May 10, 2024). 33 The Asia-Pacific region includes more than 53 member states. For a complete list of countries, see https://www.un.org/dgacm/en/content/regional-groups (accessed May 10, 2024). FIGURE 7 Integrated Care for Older People. NOTE: IC = intrinsic capacity; FA = functional ability. SOURCES: Presented by Patricia Morsch, February 16, 2024. Adapted from WHO. 2019. Handbook: Guidance on person-centered assessment and pathways in primary care. Integrated Care for Older People. https://iris.who.int/bitstream/ handle/10665/326843/WHO-FWC-ALC-19.1-eng.pdf (accessed April 3, 2024). IN EGRA ED CARE HO DOES ORK? Providing care at the communities, close to where people live1 Person centered assessment and care plan shared with everyone involved2 All professionals work together to maintain IC and FA3 Engaging communities and supporting family care givers 4 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 32 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs years and older will be living in the Asia-Pacific region (United Nations, 2022). In Australia, 4.4 million people (18 percent of the population) have a disability (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, 2022). Rehabili- tation service delivery within the public hospital system in Melbourne aims to reduce variation in clinical practice by standardizing community care and reducing the incidence of people returning to the hospital. The health system operates with a hub-and-spoke model, where the rehabili- tation clinician connects patients with resources both inside and outside the health care system. She added that longer-term surveillance is critical. The Australian Rehab Outcome Center is the second-largest rehabilitation medicine registry in the world, Khan said, and recently began collecting data on ambulatory care. She shared that there are many opportunities to reduce variation and standardize the community care process, such as leveraging advocacy associations for diagnosed diseases (e.g., the Multiple Sclerosis Society) that develop clinical guidelines, building cohesive team structures and community supports, such as physiotherapists in local gyms who receive specific training for working with those recovering from spi- nal injuries, and generating timely accessible actional information through electronic medical record and patient journey boards. Community-based organizations provide wellness programming, she said, and options are expanding for integrating technology across the rehabilitation care contin- uum (e.g., wellness apps, cybernetics, artificial intelligence, and telehealth). Khan cited several studies demonstrating that prehabilitation can improve health outcomes for high-risk patients during post-operative recov- ery. Prehabilitation involves meeting with behavioral therapists, physio- therapists, occupational therapists, and others to prepare for recovery from treatments. This strategy provides preventive services for patients with high- level risk factors, such as major surgery or high-risk procedures for lung, colorectal, gastrointestinal cancers, and abdominal surgery (Assouline et al., 2021; Lambert et al., 2021; Rosero et al., 2019; Waterland et al., 2021). Rehabilitation as a Health Strategy for All Populations Elias Mpofu discussed how to reorient rehabilitation as a health strat- egy, and how to see capabilities as opportunities in people’s lives. Capabili- ties are a means for people to influence what happens in their lives, and by addressing capabilities, rehabilitation can be used as a health strategy to empower healthy aging. Reorienting approaches to rehabilitation must consider the context of people’s life situations, he explained (see Figure 8). Health systems often focus on symptom relief, or “ameliorative change” (the innermost ring in Figure 8), but that does not account for other domains of a person’s life that http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 33 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs impact health status, such as work, family, and education, or their interac- tion with services. Mpofu also emphasized the impact of health disparities, and how people access and use health services. Preventive care can address not only people’s health conditions but also their life situations by help- ing them with personal goals and development. He advocated for a social justice approach, with the goal of influencing individuals, the role of social systems in their lives, and society at a broader level. Rehabilitation needs to be reimagined as oriented toward the whole life, with a health strategy that includes counseling, stewardship, advocacy, and more (see Figure 9). He referenced work by Stucki and colleagues on this topic (Stucki and Bickenbach, 2017, 2019; Stucki et al., 2019) and added that he believed community public health is the future of aging and functioning. Panel Discussion In discussion following the panelists’ presentations, Leonardi asked about the government or society’s responsibility when people may not have the strength to speak for themselves. Mpofu responded that guardianship issues vary by jurisdiction, and each panelist discussed the benefits of help- ing people plan ahead (e.g., using advanced care directives), especially when they receive a diagnosis that will likely lead to the inability to speak for themselves in the future. FIGURE 8 Life situations drive people’s health function. SOURCES: Presented by Elias Mpofu, February 16, 2024; Mpofu, 2024. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 34 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Keith asked panelists to address the social determinants of physical functioning. Mpofu urged a holistic approach, and not partitioning people according to medical specialties. Morsch said that all stakeholders should be included and that a multisectoral approach will be very helpful. Khan said she’s observed areas with limited economic resources produce “really good outcomes,” and that “it’s really about how you tailor your service delivery to match the needs of the person in the community.” Roxanne Maritz, University of Lucerne, described cutoffs in rehabilitation services in many health systems for those who pass a working age. Given that context, she asked Khan how to sustain rehabilitation services for the aging population. Khan identified that cutting off services in this way is a form of ageism but stated that some health systems, such as Melbourne’s, have rehabilitation services for adults of all ages. Carla Sabariego, University of Lucerne, asked why the term rehabilitation is not included in the ICOPE description or featured in PAHO’s implementation strategies. Morsch replied that reha- bilitation is considered part of integrated care. Khan added that “you can’t just box rehabilitation into a tiny area. It’s huge . . . the preventative, the health promotion elements, the prehabilitation elements in the community right through to triaging in the community.” Mpofu agreed, adding that a broader view of rehabilitation is more sustainable and allows for greater empowerment. FIGURE 9 Reimagined whole-life-oriented rehabilitation strategy. SOURCES: Presented by Elias Mpofu, February 16, 2024. Mpofu, 2024. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 35 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Reflections on Developing Health Services for Rehabilitation and Functioning On the second day of the workshop, Keith presented on the points discussed by the health services breakout group.34 She explained that two major themes emerged from this discussion: (1) physical functioning main- tenance and care within the health system and community settings, and (2) early screening assessments for older adults who appear to be functioning normally. Older adults who are functioning normally are not typically screened for changes in functioning or fall risks, but this monitoring is an important opportunity to intervene before extensive health care services are necessary, she explained. Participants in the breakout group discussed promising areas for the future, including assessment instruments that are consistent across care and community settings, and expanding the availability of prehabilitation and rehabilitation in primary and long-term care, Keith said. Rehabilitation professionals need to be part of an integrated health care team, including in underserved areas, and rehabilitation needs to be person-centered and account for the specific needs of the patient’s physical and social environ- ment, including whether or not they have pre-existing conditions. She added that assistive technologies should also fit the needs of the person. Marija Glisic, Swiss Paraplegic Research (Switzerland), asked how to address cultural considerations, as decline and death in the older popula- tion are to be expected and even doctors have low expectations in some countries. Keith referred to Eleanor Simonsick’s phrase, the “tyranny of low expectations,” and said that “we have to call out [ageism] when we see this in social media and other kinds of popular media, when we hear people dis- paraging themselves because they’re older adults. That has to all change.” Seijas agreed that ageism is an issue in the criteria clinicians use to determine whether “a person is worth the effort” of receiving rehabilitation, and said this bias can appear in many areas, including insurance policies. Keith responded that a trio of challenges relate to ageism in rehabilitation: beliefs about whether the patient can do the rehabilitation, beliefs about whether the patient will do the rehabilitation, and the question of whether providers trust facilities enough to refer their patients to them. Frontera mentioned that almost all of those who would benefit from rehabilitation live at home in their communities, not in rehabilitation units or acute care hospitals. Given this, Leonardi and Keith discussed how to delineate rehabilitation services. Leonardi said that payment systems need 34 This section describes the discussions that occurred during a breakout session. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual participants and should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 36 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs to identify which professionals are providing rehabilitation, and Keith emphasized that rehabilitation affects “a multitude of health outcomes, not just body function.” FUNCTIONING AS THE FOUNDATION FOR HEALTHY LONGEVITY RESEARCH Julia Patrick Engkasan, Universiti Malaya (Malaysia), moderated the workshop’s fourth panel on how measuring functioning can form a foun- dation for healthy longevity research. Engkasan described the challenge of designing and executing research that “captures the full lived experience of health.” She added that the research ecosystem needs to be “prepared and primed” to undertake the multifaceted concept of functioning. Harmonizing Research Addressing Functioning Jonathan Bean, Harvard Medical School (United States), presented on how the aging and geriatrics field responded to the ICF framework, impor- tant initiatives in aging and rehabilitation, and ways to harmonize strategies moving forward. The ICF framework was initially met with debate and hesitancy to adopt the model fully in the field of geriatrics and gerontol- ogy (Guralnik and Ferrucci, 2009), especially in countries like the United States (Jette, 2009). The primary concerns were that ICF was redefining the concept of disability and that there was a lack of clarity about the border between activities and participation (Freedman, 2009). This ambivalence and sometimes ignorance around applying ICF continues today, said Bean, which is why communicating in a common language is key. Frailty, defined as a “state of increased vulnerability to stressors caused by decreased physiologic reserves” (Fried et al., 2004, p. 256), is a powerful tool for stratifying older adults and adverse health outcomes. It is relevant for rehabilitation as it addresses the ability to withstand and recover from stress. Bean explained that despite much debate (Costenoble et al., 2021), frailty can be a useful concept for approaches and discussions related to function and disability (Fried et al., 2001; Rockwood et al., 2005). Bean described two ongoing initiatives to support aging and rehabilita- tion. The Age-Friendly Health Care Systems Initiative recognizes that given the growing aging population, there are not enough geriatricians to go around.35 The initiative seeks to help non-geriatricians to think like geri- atricians and uses the 4Ms Framework to teach best practices for care of older adults in a patient-centered care approach (see Figure 10). 35 See https://ihi.org/agefriendly (accessed May 10, 2024). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 37 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs The Research Treatment Specification System,36 a theoretical frame- work that can improve research intervention reporting (Van Stan et al., 2019), recognizes the problem of lacking standardization in rehabilitation research. Sometimes referred to as a “black box of rehabilitation,” a lack of standardization in research methods can mean the active ingredients that make an intervention work remain unknown.37 It is important to operationally define the contents of care, Bean continued, so clinicians can understand which approach may be best for their patients. This helps them avoid a “machine gun” approach, where the clinician tries to treat all the different deficits at once, he explained. The Research Treatment Specifica- tion System treatment theory focuses on what clinicians can do to support functional change and how they can include the active ingredients needed for rehabilitation treatments to expand the evidence base for those treat- ments. Treatment theory defines a mechanism of action and the outcomes 36 See https://acrm.org/acrm-communities/rehabilitation-treatment-specification/manual-for- rehabilitation-treatment-specification/ (accessed May 20, 2024). 37 As defined by the Research Treatment Specification System, “active ingredients” are the attributes of a treatment selected or delivered by a clinician that are hypothesized to exert the treatment’s effect on a patient. For more on this system, see https://acrm.org/acrm-commu- nities/rehabilitation-treatment-specification/manual-for-rehabilitation-treatment-specification/ (accessed May 10, 2024). FIGURE 10 The 4Ms Framework. SOURCE: Presented by Jonathan Bean, February 16, 2024; Institute for Health Improvement, n.d. https://acrm.org/acrm-communities/rehabilitation-treatment-specification/manual-for-rehabilitation-treatment-specification/ https://acrm.org/acrm-communities/rehabilitation-treatment-specification/manual-for-rehabilitation-treatment-specification/ http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 38 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs that are directly linked to that mechanism, which reflects the ICF model, he explained. Bean concluded by saying we need to harmonize concepts and to iden- tify ways to bridge concepts on functioning and rehabilitation that advance research, so as not to repeat the miscommunications and misunderstand- ings in geriatrics and gerontology that occurred when the ICF was initially introduced. Standardized Collection of Functioning Information Birgit Prodinger, University of Augsburg (Germany), discussed the challenges and opportunities in the standardized collection of function- ing information for research in rehabilitation and healthy longevity. She explained that functioning information is collected using various tools and at various levels, including micro (patient and provider interaction), meso (service provision and payment), and macro (planning, implementing, and evaluating policies and programs) levels and available through clinical, cohort, and population studies, as well as administrative and clinical data. A challenge in data collection is the comparability of the data. While some measurements of body function and structure can be converted easily (e.g., feet to centimeters), information collected about activity and participation are more complex to translate, which challenges comparability. Prodinger described three instruments for assessing mobility that address similar concepts from different perspectives: Can you walk 500 meters on a flat surface without an aid or assistance? Are you able to walk outdoors on flat ground? How well are you able to get around, and how satisfied are you with your ability to perform your daily activities? The first question centers on intrinsic capacity, the second addresses a person’s actual daily life performance, which may include the use of assistive devices, and the third is a subjective appraisal of the person’s own ability to do the activity and their satisfaction regarding the activity. Not only is conceptual equivalence (i.e., that instruments or items are measuring the same concept) needed for comparability but there also needs to be metric equivalence (i.e., that numerical measures or scoring align), she explained. For example, a 3 on the WHO Disability Assessment Schedule indicates moderate problems,38 but a 3 on the 36-Item Short-Form Health Survey indicates severe problems. Solutions for comparability challenges, she said, include standardizing data collection as well as reporting. Stan- 38 World Health Organization Disability Assessment Schedule is a generic assessment instru- ment to provide a standardized method for measuring health and disability across cultures. See https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/measuring-health-and-disability-manual-for-who- disability-assessment-schedule-(-whodas-2.0) (accessed May 10, 2024). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 39 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs dardizing data collection requires changing practices, which may result in losing comparability with previously collected data. Unifying report- ing requires agreeing on standards for reporting functioning information, including developing a conversion factor. A benefit to this approach is that it allows researchers to continue using existing data collection tools, which enables comparability over time, she added. However, she advocated for using both approaches, and mentioned ClinFIT as an example for standard- izing data collection and the ICF Standardized Assessment and Reporting System for standardizing reporting. Prodinger outlined three characteristics of functioning that are of value in rehabilitation but also present challenges for researchers. (1) Functioning is multidimensional, and all dimensions need to be assessed. She noted that ICF core sets can guide researchers in thinking about all dimensions when collecting information. To illustrate the importance of assessing all the dimensions, Prodinger expanded on a study that sought to expand docu- mentation on spinal cord injury which found that in the acute phase the focus is on body functions and structures, with limited focus on activities and participation or environmental factors, whereas in the early long-term setting, body functions are the least important (Pongpipatpaiboon et al., 2020). (2) Functioning is interactive, and lived health is an outcome of the interaction between a person’s capacity and the environment in which they live. Thus, it is necessary to collect the information on the environmental factors to understand disablement and enablement processes. (3) Func- tioning is continuous, and changes in functioning need to be interpreted throughout the rehabilitation process, as people enter rehabilitation at dif- ferent levels of functioning and their functioning changes over time. More research is needed to understand the minimal clinically important difference of such changes, or the smallest change or improvement in a treatment outcome that a patient would identify as important, because that informa- tion can inform interpretability to inform regulatory and financing decision making, she explained. Prodinger concluded by saying that functioning, as the main outcome of rehabilitation, uniquely positions rehabilitation as a health strategy at the intersection of various disciplines. But we need to have the information about people’s functioning in order to support reha- bilitation as a viable health strategy. Using Functioning Data for 360-Degree Research Jan Reinhardt illustrated how to operationalize functional data and research in an ongoing trial in China. He explained that many OECD coun- tries face growing health care spending with only marginal improvements in outcomes (OECD, 2023; World Bank and WHO, 2019). China is establish- ing new payment models similar to those of the United States wherein cost http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 40 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs estimates are independent of improved health. In a health system, reduced costs up front may lead to greater costs elsewhere (e.g., follow-up treatment episodes) because lower-cost care does not necessarily yield better health outcomes. He explained that a better approach is to integrate functioning as a core indicator in the payment system for baseline health, treatment target- ing, and outcomes, which enables a payment system that improves health. Reinhardt and his colleagues are seeking to develop a performance- oriented payment system for rehabilitation. Using data from a multicenter cohort study at 11 hospitals in China and an ICF-based metric from the rehabilitation set, they found that only 615 of the 2,020 patients improved meaningfully39, which affects estimated costs for the population as total inpatient rehabilitations costs increase for patients who experience no improvement or worsening outcomes Then, they used a cluster-based approach based on 17 ICF categories to stratify the population into three groups, whereby costs for improvement aligned with baseline functional status at entry: mild, moderate, and severe40. Using a machine learning approach, the team identified a support vector machine model that can predict average costs and is now considering how to use this model to develop performance-oriented payment algorithms and incentives for patient improvement. Although the study’s analysis remains preliminary, he drew several conclusions: meaningful improvement of functioning will require more investment than the current average; baseline functioning is an important predictor of costs within a diagnostic group; key performance indicators drawn from functioning information can be used for benchmark- ing and performance-oriented payment components; and using functioning as a core indicator enables payment systems to offer rewards for improving health. Panel Discussion During the discussion, a participant asked how to advocate for func- tioning as a priority when some members of a health team may not think of themselves as part of a rehabilitation team. Bean replied that the age- friendly health systems have it right because functioning is shown in research to usually be the primary concern for individuals seeking care; providers may need to be educated about how to measure functioning and how it is 39 Meaningful improvement was measured by whether patients scored above the minimal important difference, which is the smallest change or improvement in a treatment outcome that a patient would identify as important. 40 The ICF classification system uses qualifiers to assess the extent of functioning or disability and using a scale determines how much a factor is a barrier or facilitator, e.g., 0—no barrier; 1—mild barrier; 2—moderate barrier; 3—severe barrier; 4—complete barrier. See https://www. cdc.gov/nchs/data/icd/icfoverview_finalforwho10sept.pdf http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 41 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs conceptualized. He reiterated that work is needed to communicate about ICF outside its field. Prodinger noted that using the ICF as a frame of refer- ence to link existing clinical research data conceptually and metrically could be a good approach, though access to the data may be a mitigating factor. A workshop participant asked how to bridge the gap between research and practice. Bean brought up the opportunity to work with implementa- tion researchers under the health services umbrella and said implementation research can shed light on how interventions should be packaged and which ones are truly effective. Glisic asked about the dichotomy between the need for standardized rehabilitation interventions to improve “the black box of rehabilitation” and the emerging development of personalized rehabilita- tion strategies, such as assistive devices. Bean replied that in order to show the efficacy of a treatment, it is critical “that we understand what the con- tents of that treatment are.” Reinhardt countered that the black box may serve to return decision-making power to clinicians. Simonsick restated her concerns about the “tyranny of low expecta- tions,” pointing out that rehabilitation is expected to raise patients’ abili- ties to a level that most people would still consider disability and called for developing a way to “capture function that isn’t about loss or incapacity, but also considers levels of actual capacity.” Bean agreed and said that we need measurements that reflect a broad range of capacity, especially for the aging population. He added that basic continuous measures, such as gait speed, are a powerful predictor even among younger people, though context is important. Reflections on Developing a Research Agenda for Functioning On the second day of the workshop, Engkasan shared the discussion of the breakout group on research.41 She presented the idea of establishing human functioning sciences as a new field, using the examples of bioinfor- matics, digital health, and evidence-based medicine as precedent. Creating a distinct discipline would facilitate broader participation from stakeholders outside the rehabilitation field, such as universities, hospitals, professional rehabilitation organizations, and those developing assistive technology, she asserted. Participants in the breakout group also discussed using ICF as a refer- ence system for developing standardized reporting and assessment tools but stated that curriculum and education on operationalizing ICF is needed because many methods currently in use lead to low-quality evidence. Rein- 41 This section describes the discussions that occurred during a breakout session. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual participants and should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 42 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs hardt added that education and training are also needed on best practices for human functioning research. Engkasan reported that the group lacked sufficient time to discuss how to ensure that all the building blocks of the health system (see Figure 2) are researched appropriately. Keith asked how to get health systems to cooperate with researchers by sharing data when they are disincentivized to do so because of competi- tion among themselves. Reinhardt said that observing how health systems research is implemented in other countries may help, and some international groups have ongoing work to discuss how payment systems work in differ- ent countries. Additionally, he cited work on indicators for implementing the United Nations Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Hajjioui asked how research can be translated into health policy, guid- ing advocacy groups, educators, and policymakers. Engkasan responded that the research breakout group discussed collaborating with existing organizations to disseminate research findings and emphasized training researchers on moving beyond publication to disseminate their findings by becoming visible in the media and writing policy briefs. ADVOCATING FOR POLICIES THAT SUPPORT HEALTHY LONGEVITY Leonardi introduced the final panel, citing Nietzsche’s idea that vigor- ous health can only be properly understood from the viewpoint of fragile health. She added that the aftermath of the COVID-19 pandemic—a time of global fragile health—has enabled people to appreciate vigorous health as a common good. Furthermore, building “collective intelligence” about functioning provides an opportunity to contribute to the common good. Panelists presented on advocacy efforts and tools for bringing research find- ings to policymakers and others. Advocating for Functioning as the Third Indicator of Health Dorothy Boggs, London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine (United Kingdom), presented on challenges and opportunities of advocating for functioning as the third indicator of health and focused on population- level functioning, rehabilitation, and assistive products (e.g., hearing aids, glasses, walking aids). Boggs noted that approaches for measuring function- ing need to include both self-reporting and clinical assessments, which will require simplified messaging and explanations using ICF. She identified a research gap for a multidomain survey assessment tool that combines both self-report and clinical assessments, including functional assessments, to measure functioning and the need for rehabilitation and assistive products (Boggs et al., 2021a). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 43 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Hybrid tools can use technologies, such as artificial intelligence, to shorten assessment times and incorporate all six ICF components (see Fig- ure 2). An example of a hybrid multidomain tool is the Functional Needs Assessment Tool (FNAT), developed in collaboration with the Assistive Technology 2030 research consortium.42 FNAT is a population survey method for identifying needs for services, such as rehabilitation, and assis- tive products, such as glasses and hearing aids as it is estimated that 2.5 billion people worldwide would benefit from assistive products (WHO, 2022c). FNAT uses a mobile app and is built using existing survey tools, such as the Washington Group Extended Set on Functioning43 and rapid survey methodology developed by the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine for vision, hearing (Bright et al., 2019), and mobility (original tool, Atijosan et al., 2007; updated in Boggs et al., 2021b).44 The tool was field tested in Kalugu, Uganda, in 2023. Boggs asserted that tools such as FNAT are needed to improve the met- rics available for planning rehabilitation, assistive products, and more, and these data can help build the economic case for functioning. The economic case can also reassess how to value health and well-being, including the cost of inaction. For rehabilitation, more economic research is available from high-income countries than from low-income countries, and that research typically focuses on cost benefits and cost-effectiveness related to specific conditions (e.g., cost benefits of rehabilitation from a stroke) (Mills et al., 2017). For disability, existing research tends to focus on the harms and costs of disability, but shifting to a positive focus could include looking at the cost benefits of social assistance programs that help people with disabili- ties return to work, she explained. For assistive technology, Boggs used the example of the Global Partnership for Assistive Technology ATscale case study, which demonstrated a nine-to-one return on investment, identifying four assistive products as priorities: hearing aids, prosthetics, eyeglasses, and wheelchairs. ATscale presents benefits in different sectors, including the economic, social, and education sectors, and at user, family, and society levels (ATscale, 2020; see Figure 9). 42 See Global Disability Innovation Hub, AT 2030: Life Changing Assistive Technology for All, https://www.disabilityinnovation.com/at-2030 (accessed May 10, 2024). 43 The Washington Group Extended Set on Functioning is a series of questions developed by the Washington Group on Disability Statistics intended for use in population-based health surveys and surveys on disability. It obtains information on difficulties a person may have in basic functioning activities. See https://www.washingtongroup-disability.com/fileadmin/ uploads/wg/Washington_Group_Questionnaire__2_-_WG_Extended_Set_on_Functioning__ October_2022_.pdf (accessed May 10, 2024). 44 See International Centre for Evidence in Disability and PEEK, Rapid Assessment of Avoid- able Blindness (RAAB), https://www.raab.world (accessed May 10, 2024). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 44 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Boggs discussed challenges and opportunities for building the economic case for functioning, including lack of economic data and limited return- on-investment research, for targeting multisectoral and interdisciplinary approaches, and for focusing on populations with the most need, such as the aging population. Boggs concluded by proposing next steps to achieve “functioning for all,” including decreasing measurement gaps by strength- ening survey measurement tools and economic research. These need to include user-led groups, such as organizations for disabled or older adults, as well as case studies. Raising Awareness: The Policy Advocate Perspective Ruth Katz, Association of Jewish Aging Services (United States), dis- cussed the importance of ensuring people’s goals are integrated into pro- grams, provided examples of how programs should incorporate functioning, and explained how different programs are financed. Many policies are not informed by evidence despite the existing data, she explained, and policies for health care and rehabilitation in the older population are often do not match their needs and preferences. Maintaining quality of life matters to people, said Katz, and among older adults, mobility, independence, and FIGURE 11 Assistive technology demonstrates a nine-to-one return on investment. NOTE: CRPD = United Nations Convention on the Rights of People with Dis- abilities; GDP = gross domestic product; LMIC = low- or middle-income countries; QALY = quality-adjusted life-year. SOURCE: Presented by Dorothy Boggs, February 16, 2024; ATscale, 2020. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 45 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs mental health are high priorities. Adults older than 65 are a heterogenous group and may have different goals, but they typically end up in the same financing programs, where all receive the same services. Katz also said that for different populations, rehabilitation can serve different purposes, such as restoring functioning and independence or improving a person’s functioning so that they can return to work. Care planning for older adults includes diagnosis and functional assess- ment, and it is supposed to be based on the individual’s preferences or goals. Although these goals vary among individuals, older adults tend to receive therapies or programs based on broad groupings. Programs are sometimes based on irrelevant or ill-fitting policies, she explained. Adult day service programs in the United States, for example, must follow specific guidelines (such as supporting people at their highest level of functioning) to receive Medicaid funding and might include career services or interactive outings.45 These programs might benefit people who are still actively seeking work but are not well suited to the needs or abilities of older adults with dementia. Katz concluded by discussing how policy programs are often disconnected from each other and said that financing for long-term care is especially lack- ing in the United States for people with middle-level incomes. New Directions for Health and Disability Abderrazak Hajjioui presented on how different approaches to advo- cacy efforts to improve functioning and overall health. Defining the con- cepts of health, rehabilitation, and functioning in a straightforward manner is key with policymakers and stakeholders, and he emphasized how pre- vention and emergency response can be avenues for advocacy. The WHO defines health as a holistic state of well-being, not just the absence of disease, and includes other factors such as access, support for education, and improved environmental conditions.46 Hajjioui said the goal of health interventions is improving function. The COVID-19 pandemic, which sig- nificantly increased mortality and restricted participation and function- ing, required government response and mass health interventions in both prevention and treatment. He added that framing functioning in terms of acute medicine and return to work has been a successful strategy when communicating with policymakers. 45 Medicaid is a U.S.-funded program that provides free or low-cost health care to low-in- come people, families and children, pregnant persons, older adults, and people with disabilities. 46 The WHO defines health as “a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity.” The WHO constitution includes several of principles of increased and sustained access and health promotion. See https://www.who. int/about/accountability/governance/constitution (accessed May 10, 2024). http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 46 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Hajjioui said there are different entry points for advocacy and asserted that advocacy starts with education “because the students of today will be the leaders and policymakers of tomorrow.” Advocacy approaches need to consider stakeholders’ contexts and perspectives. Governments need to know about human rights approaches, wherein the objectives are dignity and autonomy and increased access. Private institutions want to understand the economic impacts, such as cost-effectiveness and workforce productiv- ity. Consumer organizations respond well to a person-centered approach, with holistic care, empowerment, and engagement, while academic insti- tutions tend to prefer public health approaches, such as prevention and community-based programs. He noted that DALYs can be used to show the value of rehabilitation in improving years lived with disability (see Figure 3). Within the rehabilitation field, advocates should consider prevention (e.g., preventing falls and risk for chronic illnesses), primary prevention through treatment (i.e., beginning rehabilitation at the time of diagnosis), and secondary and tertiary prevention through improving people’s environ- ments and removing barriers to care. He concluded by emphasizing the importance of communicating with policymakers that “it’s time to end the global neglect of rehabilitation.” Panel Discussion Keith, asked who, in addition to health economists and policymak- ers, should be part of an advocacy team. Katz replied that such teams can include family members, individuals who use care services, students, advocacy organizations, and boards of organizations. Boggs reiterated that user-led organizations such as those for people with disabilities or for older adults are important. A workshop participant asked about the gap between aging and reha- bilitation in developing countries, stating that one cannot assume the asso- ciation between the two is automatic, and asked what steps could be taken from an advocacy perspective. Hajjioui agreed that this is a problem in low- and middle-income countries, and that work is needed to educate professionals in the acute medicine workforce (e.g., internal medicine, geri- atrics, neurology). Boggs responded that her LMICs research has revealed that older adults have a higher prevalence of need, and more data will help demonstrate this. Pacheco emphasized the need for data to show the economic value of rehabilitation. Gimigliano added that it is important to advocate for rehabilitation as an investment to improve functioning rather than another health expense. Sara Rubinelli, University of Lucerne, stated that although some sug- gest that functioning and rehabilitation are fuzzy concepts, clearer defini- tions are now available. Boggs responded that while the concepts are clear http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 47 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs to those in the room, they can be overwhelming for audiences unfamiliar with frameworks such as the ICF. Boggs added that case studies are key to communicating effectively, recalling Hajjioui’s example of a well-known athlete’s injury, subsequent rehabilitation, and improved performance. In fact, she said, in discussions over lunch during the workshop, participants quickly resorted to tangible examples from their own families, reinforcing the utility of case studies as communication strategies. Hajjioui added that advocacy for functioning is challenging because of the low levels of knowl- edge and education about the concept, so education is a critical component. Reflections on Promoting Advocacy for Functioning and Rehabilitation Leonardi said that her breakout group discussed how, for many coun- tries, rehabilitation is not embedded in the health care system as well as other strategies such as prevention, promotion, diagnosis, and palliative care.47 Raising awareness is needed first, she said; the issue of rehabilitation and functioning needs to be clear at all levels of policy, and case studies and identifying clear problems and solutions will help. She underlined the term biopsychosocial model as part of communications around functioning, which she said has “a bit disappeared.” Leonardi said that functioning implies coordination between services along a continuum of care across the lifespan. However, most of the strate- gies for noncommunicable diseases don’t include strategies about rehabilita- tion or functioning. Participants from the breakout session also discussed opportunities for collaboration. Some suggested that WHO should embed functioning and rehabilitation in all its programs and argued that the World Rehabilitation Alliance should consider supporting the concept of function- ing, not only address deficits and impairments. Leonardi stated that the United Nations Convention on the Rights of People with Disability, which she described as a “Trojan horse,” has been endorsed by 192 countries, and its Article 26 could be used to support the introduction of rehabilitation. Chatterji suggested that advocacy might best be accomplished by com- municating the instrumental value of functioning insofar as it enables people to do what they want to do and thereby enhances well-being, rather than discussing intrinsic value alone. Leonardi agreed but also mentioned that different countries value the aging population and people with dis- abilities in different ways. 47 This section describes the discussions that occurred during a breakout session. Statements, recommendations, and opinions expressed are those of individual participants and should not be construed as reflecting any group consensus. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 48 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs WRAP-UP The last session of the workshop featured the three keynote speakers, who contributed final remarks and reflections on the panel and break- out discussions. Jerome Bickenbach reiterated the importance of concep- tual clarity. He stated that conceptual clarity is foundational for avoiding “agreement by misunderstanding” and is needed because of how the mean- ing of functioning and rehabilitation are used different based on their con- text. Conceptual clarity is not just semantics, he asserted; in fact, he said, “semantics is all we have.” Somnath Chatterji warned against conflating description, which is value-neutral, and appraisal, which describes societal value. In order to disentangle improving capacity versus performance, he said, an outcome of interest must be identified, which may be considered improving well-being. Bickenbach addressed barriers for implementation and scaling up inter- ventions. Some challenges include what he described as “proxy fetishiza- tion”—proxies merely approximate phenomena, but the actual thing being measured gets lost. He gave the example of quality of life, which he described as a collection of unrelated and random items with no concrete content. These challenges aside, he said, direct measurement is possible. A second barrier for implementation is institutional inertia, wherein institu- tions have vested economic and other interests that need to be accounted for. These paradigms are not easy to move, and implementation will not likely go smoothly. Bickenbach supported the need for involving multiple sectors, as stated by several panelists. While functioning is always considered in the context of a health condition, approaches to optimizing functioning (e.g., putting in a ramp) will involve other sectors. Proof-of-concept demonstrations will also move the field forward. Bickenbach raised the issue of whether it is possible to create trajectories over the life course to optimize capacity and performance using environmental improvements, and whether the focus should be on increasing interventions across the lifespan to address capac- ity or on the “huge repertoire” for improving performance (e.g., antidis- crimination laws, ramps). Ultimately, he asserted, the question for the field will be which is more achievable: a healthy aging agenda or on making the world more accessible and a better place to live. John Beard reiterated Bickenbach’s point about relying too heavily on proxies and said that while social determinants of health often arise in discussion on noncommunicable diseases, there are social determinants of performance as well. He also said that while the ICF is valuable as a clas- sification system, the field lacks “plug-and-play” tools at both the popula- tion and clinical levels. He added that tools need to be developed with the http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 49 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs changing world in mind, such as for health information technology and using smartphones to determine gait speed. Beard raised two ways capacity and rehabilitation might be deployed in practice: there is an ICD code—age-related declines in intrinsic capac- ity—that can be used for measurement and to drive research. Additionally, rehabilitation is embedded into the ICOPE model, which could be used as a platform in the future. Beard next addressed the idea of creating a specific discipline for human functioning sciences. He stated that it is time to be assertive and take advocacy to the next level, looking at the world not only through the lens of disease. Alarcos Cieza described the tension between functioning as a public health agenda and rehabilitation as clinical care, as they are currently considered separate agendas. Public health is about the whole population, while rehabilitation is about clinical care for people who have reduced func- tioning, she said. Rehabilitation can have public health relevance, because of the 2.4 billion people who could benefit from it. But, she said, it is bet- ter to see these as separate agendas. Moving back and forth between the two reduces conceptual clarity and forward movement, she stated, adding that people promoting healthy aging do not want to be cornered with the rehabilitation sector: “Don’t put me into that clinical box.” Cieza added that human functioning sciences should be the top level, and rehabilitation can contribute to that agenda. She asked how to incorporate functioning in a post–Sustainable Development Goals agenda and emphasized the impor- tance of cross-sectoral collaborations. Beard agreed with Cieza that the relationship between rehabilitation and functioning relate needs to be defined and emphasized that now is the time to reframe competing agendas. Beard also mentioned that human ability is changing with advances in science. Stucki remarked that it is time to seize the moment to establish functioning as a core concept relevant to population health, aging, and rehabilitation. Frontera encouraged thinking outside the box—or expanding the box. Not everyone is comfortable with change, he said. He closed with a quote by Albert Einstein: “The measure- ment of intelligence is the ability to change.” REFERENCES Arokiasamy, P., U. Uttamacharya, K. Jain, R. B. Biritwum, A. E. Yawson, F. Wu, Y. Guo, T. Maximova, B. M. Espinoza, A. Salinas Rodríguez, S. Afshar, S. Pati, G. Ice, S. Banerjee, M. A. Liebert, J. J. Snodgrass, N. Naidoo, S. Chatterji, and P. Kowal. 2015. The impact of multimorbidity on adult physical and mental health in low- and middle-income coun- tries: What does the Study on Global Ageing and Adult Health (SAGE) reveal? BMC Medicine 13(1):178. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 50 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Assouline, B., E. Cools, R. Schorer, B. Kayser, N. Elia, and M. Licker. 2021. Preoperative exercise training to prevent postoperative pulmonary complications in adults undergoing major surgery: A systematic review and meta-analysis with trial sequential analysis. Ann Am Thorac Soc 18(4):678–688. Atijosan, O., H. Kuper, D. Rischewski, V. Simms, and C. Lavy. 2007. Musculoskeletal impair- ment survey in Rwanda: Design of survey tool, survey methodology, and results of the pilot study (a cross sectional survey). BMC Musculoskelet Disord 8(1):30. ATscale. 2020. The case for investing in assistive technology. https://atscalepartnership.org/ investment-case (accessed April 4, 2024). Australian Institute of Health and Welfare. 2022. People with disability in Australia 2022. https://www.aihw.gov.au/getmedia/3bf8f692-dbe7-4c98-94e0-03c6ada72749/aihw-dis- 72-people-with-disability-in-australia-2022.pdf. Beard, J. R., A. T. Jotheeswaran, M. Cesari, and I. A. de Carvalho. 2019. The structure and predictive value of intrinsic capacity in a longitudinal study of ageing. BMJ Open 9. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2018-026119. Beard, J.R., Y. Si, Z. Liu, L. Chenoweth, and K. Hanewald. 2022. Intrinsic capacity: validation of a new WHO concept for healthy aging in a longitudinal Chinese study. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 77(1):94–100. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glab226. Beard, J. R., Y. Zhang, A. E. Aiello. Forthcoming. A life course approach to promoting healthy longevity. In A life course approach to the epidemiology of chronic diseases and ageing. Kuh, D., E. Susser, J. Blodgett and Y. Ben-Shlomo (editors), Third edition. New York, NY: Oxford University Press. Bickenbach, J., S. Rubinelli, C. Baffone, and G. Stucki. 2023. The human functioning revolu- tion: Implications for health systems and sciences. Front Sci (2023) 1:1118512. Boggs, D., S. Polack, H. Kuper, and A. Foster. 2021a. Shifting the focus to functioning: Es- sential for achieving sustainable development goal 3, inclusive universal health coverage and supporting COVID-19 survivors. Glob Health Action 14(1):1903214. Boggs, D., O. Atijosan-Ayodele, H. Yonso, N. Scherer, T. O’Fallon, G. Deniz, S. Volkan, A. Örücü, I. Pivato, A. H. Beck, İ. Akıncı, H. Kuper, A. Foster, A. Patterson, and S. Polack. 2021b. Musculoskeletal impairment among Syrian refugees living in Sultanbeyli, Turkey: Prevalence, cause, diagnosis and need for related services and assistive products. Confl Health 15(1):29. Bright, T., I. Mactaggart, M. Kim, J. Yip, H. Kuper, and S. Polack. 2019. Rationale for a rapid methodology to assess the prevalence of hearing loss in population-based surveys. Int J Environ Res Public Health 16(18). Calabrò, R.S., A. Cerasa, I. Ciancarelli, L. Pignolo, P. Tonin, M. Iosa, and G. Morone. 2022. The arrival of the Metaverse in neurorehabilitation: Fact, fake or vision? Biomedicines 10(10):2602. https://doi.org/10.3390/biomedicines10102602. Chatterji, S., J. Byles, D. Cutler, T. Seeman, and E. Verdes. 2015. Health, functioning and disability in older adults: Current status and future implications. Lancet 385(9967):563– 575. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)61462-8. Cieza, A., and G. Stucki. 2008. The international classification of functioning disability and health: Its development process and content validity. European journal of physical and rehabilitation medicine 44(3):303-313. Cieza, A., K. Causey, K. Kamenov, S. Wulf Hanson, S. Chatterji, and T. Vos. 2021. Global estimates of the need for rehabilitation based on the Global Burden of Disease study 2019: A systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2019. Lancet 396(10267):2006–2017. Cleveland Clinic. 2022. Sarcopenia. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/diseases/23167- sarcopenia (accessed April 11, 2024). https://atscalepartnership.org/investment-case https://atscalepartnership.org/investment-case https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)61462-8 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 51 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Costenoble, A., V. Knoop, S. Vermeiren, R. Azzopardi Vella, A. Debain, G. Rossi, I. Bautmans, D. Verté, E. Gorus, and P. De Vriendt, on behalf of the Gerontopole Brussels Study Group. 2021. A comprehensive overview of activities of daily living in existing frailty instruments: A systematic literature search. Gerontologist 61(3):e12–e22. https://doi. org/10.1093/geront/gnz147. Dodds, R. M., H. E. Syddall, R. Cooper, M. Benzeval, I. J. Deary, E. M. Dennison, G. Der, C. R. Gale, H. M. Inskip, C. Jagger, T. B. Kirkwood, D. A. Lawlor, S. M. Robinson, J. M. Starr, A. Steptoe, K. Tilling, D. Kuh, C. Cooper, and A. A. Sayer. 2014. Grip strength across the life course: Normative data from twelve British studies. PLoS One 9(12):e113637. Freedman, V. A. 2009. Adopting the ICF language for studying late-life disability: A field of dreams? J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 64A(11):1172–1174. Fried, L. P., C. M. Tangen, J. Walston, A. B. Newman, C. Hirsch, J. Gottdiener, T. Seeman, R. Tracy, W. J. Kop, G. Burke, and M. A. McBurnie. 2001. Frailty in older adults: Evidence for a phenotype. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 56(3):M146-156. Fried, L. P., L. Ferrucci, J. Darer, J. D. Williamson, and G. Anderson. 2004. Untangling the concepts of disability, frailty, and comorbidity: Implications for improved targeting and care. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 59(3):M255–M263. Frontera, W. R., F. Gimigliano, J. L. Melvin, J. Li, L. S. W. Li, J. Laíns, and G. Stucki. 2019. ClinFIT: ISPRM’s universal functioning information tool based on the WHO’s ICF. J Int Soc Phys Rehabil Med 2:19–21. Grosse, Scott D. 2008. Assessing cost-effectiveness in healthcare: History of the $50,000 per QALY threshold. Expert Rev Pharmacoecon Outcomes Res 8(2):165–178. Guralnik, J., and L. Ferrucci. 2009. The challenge of understanding the disablement process in older persons: Commentary responding to Jette AM. Toward a common language of disablement. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 64(11):1169–1171. https://doi.org/10.1093/ gerona/glp094. Gutenbrunner, C., B. Nugraha, F. Gimigliano, T. Meyer, and C. Kiekens. 2020. International classification of service organization in rehabilitation: An updated set of categories (ICSO-R 2.0). J Rehabil Med 52(1):jrm00004. Haley, S. M., W. J. Coster, P. L. Andres, L. H. Ludlow, P. Ni, T. L. Bond, S. J. Sinclair, and A. M. Jette. 2004. Activity outcome measurement for postacute care. Medical Care 42(1 Suppl):I49-61. IHI (Institute for Health Improvement). n.d. 4Ms Framework for an Age-Friendly Health Sys- tem. https://www.ihi.org/initiatives/age-friendly-health-systems (accessed April 14, 2024). Jette, A. 2009. Beyond dueling models: Commentary responding to Guralnik JM, Ferrucci L., The challenge of understanding the disablement process in older persons, and Free- man V., Adopting the ICF language for studying late-life disability: A field of dreams? J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 64(11):1175–1176. https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glp096. Lambert, J. E., L. D. Hayes, T. J. Keegan, D. A. Subar, and C. J. Gaffney. 2021. The impact of prehabilitation on patient outcomes in hepatobiliary, colorectal, and upper gastroin- testinal cancer surgery: A PRISMA-accordant meta-analysis. Ann Surg 274(1):70–77. Maritz, R., C. Ehrmann, B. Prodinger, A. Tennant, and G. Stucki. 2020. The influence and added value of a standardized assessment and reporting system for functioning outcomes upon national rehabilitation quality reports. Int J Qual Health Care 32(6):379–387. Meyer, T., C. Gutenbrunner, C. Kiekens, D. Skempes, J. Melvin,K. Schedler, M. Imam- ura, and G. Stucki. 2014. ISPRM discussion paper: Proposing a conceptual descrip- tion of health-related rehabilitation services. J Rehabil Med 46:1–6. https://doi. org/10.2340/16501977-1251. https://www.ihi.org/initiatives/age-friendly-health-systems https://doi.org/10.1093/gerona/glp096 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 52 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Mills, T., E. Marks, T. Reynolds, and A. Cieza. 2017. Chapter 15: Rehabilitation: Essential along the continuum of care. In Disease Control Priorities: Improving Health and Re- ducing Poverty, 3rd Edition. Editors D. T. Jamison, H. Gelband, S. Horton, P. Jha, R. Laxminarayan, C. N. Mock and R. Nugent. Washington, DC: The World Bank Mpofu, E. 2024. The nature of transformative change counselling. In Counselling for African contexts: Transformative approaches. South Africa: Oxford University Press. NASEM (National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine). 2022. Global road- map for healthy longevity. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. https://doi. org/10.17226/26144. Negrini, S., M. Selb, C. Kiekens, A. Todhunter-Brown, C. Arienti, G. Stucki, T. Meyer, and 3rd Cochrane Rehabilitation Methodology Meeting participants. 2022. Rehabili- tation definition for research purposes: A global stakeholders’ initiative by Cochrane Rehabilitation. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med 58(3):333–341. https://doi.org/10.23736/ S1973-9087.22.07509-8. Neumann, P., J. Cohen, and M. Weinstein. 2014. Updating cost-effectiveness: The curious resilience of the $50,000-per-QALY threshold. N Engl J Med 371(9):796–797. https:// doi.org/10.1056/NEJMp1405158. Newman, A. B., C. L. Haggerty, S. B. Kritchevsky, M. C. Nevitt, E. M. Simonsick, and Health ABC Collaborative Research Group. 2003. Walking performance and cardiovascular response: Associations with age and morbidity—the health, aging and body composition study. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 58(8):M715–M720. Newman, A. B., J. A. Dodson, T. S. Church, T. W. Buford, R. A. Fielding, S. Kritchevsky, D. Beavers, M. Pahor, R. S. Stafford, A. D. Szady, W. T. Ambrosius, M. M. McDermott, and Health ABC Collaborative Research Group. 2016. Cardiovascular events in a physi- cal activity intervention compared with a successful aging intervention: The life study randomized trial. JAMA Cardiol 1(5):568–574. OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). 2023. Health at a Glance 2023. https://www.oecd.org/health/health-at-a-glance (accessed April 3, 2024). OECD. 2024. Health System Performance Assessment. https://www.oecd.org/health/health- system-performance-assessment.htm (accessed May 17, 2024). PAHO (Pan American Health Organization). n.d. Are the life expectancy and healthy life expectancy gaps increasing over time? https://www.paho.org/en/data-and-visualizations (Accessed April 12, 2024). Pahor, M., S. N. Blair, M. Espeland, R. Fielding, T. M. Gill, J. M. Guralnik, E. C. Hadley, A. C. King, S. B. Kritchevsky, C. Maraldi, M. E. Miller, A. B. Newman, W. J. Rejeski, S. Romashkan, and S. Studenski. 2006. Effects of a physical activity intervention on mea- sures of physical performance: Results of the lifestyle interventions and independence for elders pilot (LIFE-P) study. J Gerontol A Biol Sci Med Sci 61(11):1157–1165. Pongpipatpaiboon, K., M. Selb, A. Kovindha, and B. Prodinger. 2020. Toward a framework for developing an ICF-based documentation system in spinal cord injury-specific rehabili- tation based on routine clinical practice: A case study approach. Spinal Cord Ser Cases 6(1):33. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41394-020-0283-8. Prodinger, B., A. Tennant, G. Stucki, A. Cieza, and T. B. Üstün. 2016. Harmonizing rou- tinely collected health information for strengthening quality management in health systems: Requirements and practice. J Health Serv Res Policy 21(4):223–228. https://doi. org/10.1177/1355819616636411. Prodinger, B., A. Tennant, and G. Stucki. 2018. Standardized reporting of functioning in- formation on icf-based common metrics. European Journal of Physical Rehabilitation Medicine 54(1):110-117. https://www.oecd.org/health/health-system-performance-assessment.htm https://www.oecd.org/health/health-system-performance-assessment.htm https://doi.org/10.1177/1355819616636411 https://doi.org/10.1177/1355819616636411 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PROCEEDINGS OF A WORKSHOP 53 PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Rosero, I. D., R. Ramírez-Vélez, A. Lucia, N. Martínez-Velilla, A. Santos-Lozano, P. L. Va- lenzuela, I. Morilla, and M. Izquierdo. 2019. Systematic review and meta-analysis of randomized, controlled trials on preoperative physical exercise interventions in patients with non-small-cell lung cancer. Cancers (Basel) 11(7). Shah, R., A. Hagell, and R. Cheung. 2019. International comparisons of health and wellbeing in adolescence and early adulthood. United Kingdom: Nuffield Trust. Stucki, G., and J. Bickenbach. 2017. Functioning: The third health indicator in the health system and the key indicator for rehabilitation. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med 53(1):134–138. Stucki, G., and J. Bickenbach. 2019. Health, functioning, and well-being: Individual and societal. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 100(9):1788–1792. Stucki, G., J. Bickenbach, and W. Frontera. 2019. Why rehabilitation should be included in international healthy ageing agendas. Am J Phys Med Rehabil 98(4):251–252. Szanton, S., B. Leff, J. Wolff, L. Roberts, and L. Gitlin. 2016. Home-based care program re- duces disability and promotes aging in place. Health Aff (Millwood) 35(9):1558–1563. https://doi.org/10.1377/hlthaff.2016.0140. United Nations. 2022. Asia and the Pacific SDG Progress Report 2022: Widening Dispari- ties amid COVID-19. https://www.unescap.org/sites/default/d8files/knowledge-products/ ESCAP-2022-FG_SDG-Progress-Report.pdf. Van Stan, J. H., M. P. Dijkers, J. Whyte, T. Hart, L. S. Turkstra, J. M. Zanca, and C. Chen. 2019. The rehabilitation treatment specification system: Implications for improve- ments in research design, reporting, replication, and synthesis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 100(1):146–155. Waterland, J. L., O. McCourt, L. Edbrooke, C. L. Granger, H. Ismail, B. Riedel, and L. Denehy. 2021. Efficacy of prehabilitation including exercise on postoperative outcomes following abdominal cancer surgery: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Front Surg 8:628848. WHO (World Health Organization). 2001. ICF: International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health. Geneva: World Health Organization. WHO. 2015. World report on ageing and health. https://www.who.int/publications/i/ item/9789241565042 (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO. 2019. Handbook: Guidance on person-centered assessment and pathways in primary care. Integrated Care for Older People. https://iris.who.int/bitstream/ handle/10665/326843/WHO-FWC-ALC-19.1-eng.pdf (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO. 2021, January 14. Decade of healthy ageing: Baseline report. https://www.who.int/ publications/i/item/9789240017900 (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO. 2022a, October 1. Ageing and health. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/ detail/ageing-and-health (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO. 2022b. Special issue on rehabilitation. Bulletin of the World Health Organization 100(11). https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/issues/419724 (accessed April 3, 2024). WHO. 2022c. Global report on assistive technology. https://www.who.int/publications/i/ item/9789240049451 (accessed April 4, 2024). WHO. 2023a. Strengthening rehabilitation in health systems. Resolution WHA76.6. Agenda item 13.4. Geneva, Switzerland: WHO. WHO. 2023b. Rehabilitation. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/rehabilitation (accessed May 10, 2024). WHO. 2023c. Clinical management of COVID-19: Living guideline. https://iris.who.int/bit- stream/handle/10665/372288/WHO-2019-nCoV-clinical-2023.2-eng.pdf (accessed April 3, 2024). World Bank and WHO. 2019. Healthy China: Deepening Health Reform in China; Build- ing High-Quality and Value-Based Service Delivery. Washington, DC: World Bank. https://doi.org/10.1377/hlthaff.2016.0140 https://www.unescap.org/sites/default/d8files/knowledge-products/ESCAP-2022-FG_SDG-Progress-Report.pdf https://www.unescap.org/sites/default/d8files/knowledge-products/ESCAP-2022-FG_SDG-Progress-Report.pdf http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 54 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Zampolini, M., M. Selb, P. Boldrini, C. A. Branco, V. Golyk, X. Hu, C. Kiekens, S. Negrini, A. Nulle, A. Oral, M. Sgantzos, A. Shmonin, I. Treger, and G. Stucki. 2022. The individual rehabilitation project as the core of person-centered rehabilitation: The physical and rehabilitation medicine section and board of the european union of medical specialists framework for rehabilitation in europe. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med 58(4):503-510. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Appendix A Statement of Task A planning committee of the National Academies of Sciences, Engi- neering, and Medicine will organize and host a one-and-a-half-day public workshop that will facilitate a discussion focused on the World Health Organization’s concept of functioning and its role in rethinking the concept of health, with a focus on healthy aging and the future of rehabilitation as a health strategy. The workshop will include presentations on: challenges in operationalizing function as a measure in health policy, rethinking dis- ability as a universal human experience, and discussing a feasible public health agenda that addresses the increasing relevance of rehabilitation for the 21st century. The workshop will feature invited presentations and panel discussions on topics such as: • The World Health Organization’s concept of functioning in the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF); • Moving beyond traditional health outcome measures and opera- tionalizing functioning as a measure of health; • Standardizing and routinely collecting functioning data in health information systems; • Ways to integrate functioning into public health strategies for healthy aging and healthy longevity; • Disability from the perspective of functioning: a universal human experience as well as a discrete social group seeking equity; 55 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 56 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs • Epidemiology of functioning: the consequences of using functioning as the third health indicator augmenting mortality and morbidity; • How demographic and epidemiological projections are shaping the future of public health in the context of functioning; • Conceptualizing and operationalizing rehabilitation as the health strategy that aims to optimize functioning, which could serve as the basis for scaling rehabilitation in the 21st century; • Functioning and person-centered care: the lived experience of health; • Functioning and value-based health care. The planning committee will develop the agenda for the workshop ses- sions, select and invite speakers and discussants, and moderate the discus- sions. A proceeding of the presentations and discussions at the workshop shall be prepared by a designated rapporteur in accordance with institu- tional guidelines. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs 16–17 FEBRUARY 2024 LECTURE HALL 1 UNIVERSITY OF LUCERNE LUCERNE, SWITZERLAND FRIDAY, 16 FEBRUARY 2024 – DAY 1 8:30 Welcome and Workshop Overview Walter Frontera, Chair, Planning Committee University of Puerto Rico School of Medicine Welcome by the U.S. National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine Victor Dzau U.S. National Academy of Medicine Welcome by the University of Lucerne and the Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences Gerold Stucki University of Lucerne Appendix B Workshop Agenda 57 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 58 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Bruno Staffelbach University of Lucerne Henri Bounameaux Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences 9:00 Keynote: The Functioning Revolution Jerome Bickenbach University of Lucerne 9:30 Keynote: Healthy Longevity John Beard Columbia University 10:00 Keynote: World Health Organization’s Perspective on Rehabilitation Alarcos Cieza World Health Organization 10:30 BREAK 10:45 Panel 1: Functioning and the Realization of Healthy Longevity through Rehabilitation Moderator: Somnath Chatterji, World Health Organization, Emeritus, Planning Committee Member Operationalization of Functioning for Population Health Francesca Gimigliano University of Campania “Luigi Vanvitelli” The Role of Functioning in Healthy Longevity Research Eleanor Simonsick National Institute on Aging Implications of Tracking Functioning for Health Systems and Health Care Alan Jette Boston University 11:45 LUNCH http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX B 59 12:45 Panel 2: Functioning and the Investment Case for the Role of Rehabilitation in Healthy Longevity Moderator: Gerold Stucki, University of Lucerne, Planning Committee Member Measuring and Enhancing Functioning in Health Systems Paola Sillitti Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Making a Compelling Investment Case for Optimizing Functioning for Healthy Longevity Carl Willers Karolinska Institutet 13:45 Panel 3: The Foundation for Improving Rehabilitation Service Delivery and Care across the Life Course: Continuity and Person-Centered Care and the Lived Experience of Health Moderator: NiCole R. Keith, Indiana University, Planning Committee Member Rehabilitation as an Interprofessional and Transdisciplinary Health Strategy for Healthy Aging Patricia Morsch Pan American Health Organization Integrating Prehabilitation, Prevention, and Maintenance to Maximize Functioning Fary Khan University of Melbourne Reorienting Rehabilitation as a Health Strategy for All Populations in the Community Elias Mpofu University of North Texas, University of Syndey 14:45 BREAK http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 60 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs 15:00 Panel 4: Functioning as the Key to a Comprehensive 360-Degree Life Course Foundation for Healthy Longevity Research Moderator: Julia Patrick Engkasan, Universiti Malaya, Planning Committee Member Harmonizing Research Addressing Functioning within Aging and Rehabilitation Ecosystems Jonathan Bean Harvard Medical School, VA Boston Health Care System, Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital, Massachusetts General Hospital Challenges and Opportunities in the Standardized Collection of Functioning Information for Research in Rehabilitation and Healthy Longevity Birgit Prodinger University of Augsburg Utilizing Functioning Data for 360 Degree Research: Using the Example of Prospective Budgeting and Performance-Oriented Incentive Mechanism for Insurance Payment for Rehabilitation Episodes based on WHO’s International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health Jan Reinhardt Sichuan University, Jiangsu Province Hospital, Univer- sity of Lucerne 16:00 Panel 5: Advocating for Health and Social Policy in Support of Healthy Longevity: Functioning as the Third Indicator of Health Moderator: Matilde Leonardi IRCCS Foundation “Carlo Besta” Neurological Insti- tute, Planning Committee Member The Challenges and Opportunities of Advocating for Functioning as the Third Indicator of Health Dorothy Boggs London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX B 61 The Policy Advocate Perspective: Raising Policy Awareness and Championing Communications related to Functioning Ruth Katz Association of Jewish Aging Services New Directions on Health and Disability Abderrazak Hajjioui Sidi Mohamed Ben Abdellah University 17:00 ADJOURN DAY 1 SATURDAY, 17 FEBRUARY 2024 – DAY 2 8:30 Welcome to Day 2 of the Workshop Walter Frontera, Chair, Planning Committee 8:35 Facilitated Breakout Sessions FUNCTIONING Facilitator: Somnath Chatterji, World Health Organization, Emeritus, Planning Committee Member Supporting Scientist: Nicola Diviani, Swiss Paraplegic Research ECONOMICS Facilitator: Gerold Stucki, University of Lucerne, Planning Committee Member Supporting Scientist: Diana Pacheco, University of Lucerne HEALTH SERVICES Facilitator: NiCole R. Keith, Indiana University, Planning Committee Member Supporting Scientist: Carla Sabariego, University of Lucerne RESEARCH Facilitator: Julia Patrick Engkasan, Universiti Malaya, Planning Committee Member Supporting Scientist: Marija Glisic, Swiss Paraplegic Research ADVOCACY Facilitator: Matilde Leonardi, IRCCS Foundation Carlo Besta Neurological Institute, Planning Committee Member http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 62 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Supporting Scientist: Sara Rubinelli, University of Lucerne 9:30 BREAK 9:45 Report-Backs from Facilitated Discussions and Workshop Reflections Moderator: Walter Frontera, Planning Committee Chair Somnath Chatterji World Health Organization, Emeritus Gerold Stucki University of Lucerne NiCole R. Keith Indiana University Julia Patrick Engkasan Universiti Malaya Mattilde Leonardi IRCCS Foundation Carlo Besta Neurological Institute 11:00 BREAK 11:30 Next Steps for the Way Forward: Fireside Conversation with Discussants Co-moderators: Walter Frontera, Planning Committee Chair, and Gerold Stucki, Planning Committee Member John Beard Columbia University Jerome Bickenbach University of Lucerne Alarcos Cieza World Health Organization 12:50 Closing Remarks Walter Frontera, Chair, Planning Committee 13:00 MEETING ADJOURNS http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Appendix C Concept Notes FUNCTIONING AND THE REALIZATION OF HEALTHY LONGEVITY THROUGH REHABILITATION Concept Note, Panel 1 Context The aim of this Workshop is to facilitate a discussion of the World Health Organization’s concept of functioning as introduced in its Interna- tional Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF), and to explore its role in rethinking the operationalization of health and its appli- cation to healthy longevity and the increasing relevance of rehabilitation as a key health strategy for the twenty-first century. In the ICF, functioning includes the functions and structures of the body that constitute the intrinsic health capacity of a person as well as the actual performance of simple and complex activities in interaction with the per- son’s physical and social environment. Conceptually, functioning comprises the domains of both biological health and lived health, where lived health is fully contextualized as an outcome of interactions between a person’s intrinsic health capacity and features of their environment. Across the lifespan, all of us may experience pain, anxiety, fatigue and weakness, tight joints, skin sores, and other sensory, mobility, and cognitive impairments. When these impairments affect our lives—when we cannot climb stairs painlessly, walk as far as we used to, clean or dress ourselves, read a book, make and keep friends, do all the homework we need to do, 63 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 64 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs or perform our jobs—these concrete, real-life difficulties shape our lived experience of health. And this lived experience is what matters to us about our health; it’s why we seek out health care in the first place. When we do not experience these difficulties, we are well advised to invest in health promotion activities to make us more resilient in functioning. In short, the notion of functioning creates a more meaningful operationalization of what health means to us. WHO’s concept of human functioning constitutes a new understanding and conceptualization of health with wide-ranging consequences, for aging and rehabilitation research, practice and policy. Functioning constitutes a third indicator of health, augmenting the traditional indicators of mortality and morbidity. As the third indicator, functioning completes our intuitive sense of why health matters: avoiding premature mortality and controlling morbidity are clearly important to us, both individually and as members of society at large. But there is a third dimension that is missing to this picture, our everyday functioning and lived experience of our state of health. This is most clear in the case of population aging. As improved health care and other social improvements continues to add more years to our lives, it becomes equally important to add more life to our years. As well as population aging, the increased prevalence of noncommuni- cable diseases—whose impact is primarily assessed in terms of changes in functioning—is a substantial public health concern, warranting increased investment in rehabilitation which aims to optimize functioning. These trends point to the need to prepare our health care systems by reorienting their focus to optimizing functioning through strengthening rehabilitation. The operationalization of health as functioning helps to explain the contribution the health care system can make to individual well-being and societal welfare, providing as well a more robust foundation for our under- standing of disability, as a decrement of functioning, and how we for health and social purposes assess disability. Objective of the Panel The objective of this panel is to prepare the ground for the Workshop by scrutinizing WHO’s notion of functioning. The focus is conceptual and includes A. The role of functioning as the third indicator of health in the operationalization of health for aging and rehabilitation research, practice, and policy. B. Functioning as a robust and sound basis for the healthy longevity agenda, especially in ensuring that rehabilitation—the health strat- http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 65 egy whose primary aim is to optimize functioning—can contribute to these goals. C. The potential of functioning to capture what the health care system can contribute to individual well-being and societal welfare, in light of population aging. D. The role of functioning for reorienting the notion of disability, especially for standardized, transparent and fair assessment for health and social benefits. Questions for Discussion 1) What is the role of functioning in operationalizing health for mea- surement, the health sciences, practice, and policy—how can func- tioning as the third indicator of health be concretely implemented? 2) How can functioning in practice provide a robust and sound basis for the healthy longevity agenda, especially in ensuring that reha- bilitation—the health strategy whose primary aim is to optimize functioning—can contribute to those goals? 3) How can functioning directly contribute to the explanation of the health care system’s role in individual well-being and societal welfare? 4) How can functioning reorient our understanding of disability, espe- cially for to achieve standardized, transparent and fair assessment of disability for health and social benefits? References Chatterji, S., J. Byles, D. Cutler, T. Seeman, and E. Verdes. 2015. Health, functioning, and dis- ability in older adults--present status and future implications. Lancet 385(9967):563–575. Daniels, N. 2007. Just health: Meeting health needs fairly. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Meyer, T., C. Gutenbrunner, C. Kiekens, D. Skempes, J. L. Melvin, K. Schedler, M. Imamura, and G. Stucki. 2014. ISPRM discussion paper: Proposing a conceptual description of health-related rehabilitation services. J Rehabil Med 46(1):1–6. Stucki, G., and J. Bickenbach. 2017. Functioning: The third health indicator in the health system and the key indicator for rehabilitation. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med 53(1):134–138. Stucki, G., and J. Bickenbach. 2019. Health, functioning, and well-being: Individual and societal. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 100(9):1788–1792. Stucki, G., J. Bickenbach, and W. Frontera. 2019. Why rehabilitation should be included in international healthy ageing agendas. Am J Phys Med Rehabil 98(4):251–252. —Drafted by Jerome Bickenbach http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 66 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs FUNCTIONING AND THE INVESTMENT CASE FOR THE ROLE OF REHABILITATION IN HEALTHY LONGEVITY Concept Note, Panel 2 Context This panel will show how expanding the focus on human functioning can bring enormous economic gains both to individuals and society at large. The focus on functioning emphasizes that people care about their health not just because of the stock of health they can accumulate but because of what they can do when healthy, that is, their functioning. In general, people with a wider range and more robust functioning are more independent and more able to actively participate in society, which has important implica- tions for the financial stability of families, the economy, and health and social systems. People are living longer—the product of the great success of medicine and technology—but they are also more likely to face chronic health condi- tions that limit their everyday lives. Increasing prevalence of chronic health conditions means more disability, which in turn creates economic chal- lenges both for the individual and the rest of society. Not only do people facing disability require more care, support, and accommodation, but many must also limit their labor market participation. As these epidemiological and social trends continue, the increasing dependency and accommodation levels will bring significant financial constraints for individuals, their fami- lies, and the economy in general, with important effects on how our health and social systems are organized. While expanding services and insurance coverage may be the first solution to cope with the changing needs of the population, the increas- ing health and social care costs will constrain the growth possibilities of societies. Therefore, a more proactive solution will be to fundamentally shift the policy focus from a limited one of treating health conditions to a more comprehensive measure of functioning. If successful, we will achieve a more productive and effective societal structure, more financially stable individuals and families, more dynamic economies, and more sustainable health and social systems. Objective of the Panel This panel discusses how recentering the focus of health and social sys- tems to people’s functioning can bring significant economic gains to society. This panel will take a societal perspective and will consider whether http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 67 A. Targeting functioning translates into more active and participating citizens in the labor market, and the potential economic gains: this shift directly affects the labor supply, which is limited in industrial- ized economies. B. Targeting functioning translates into a more independent popula- tion that relies less on the support, care, and accommodation from others: this shift will have important implications for the financial situation of individuals and their families. C. Targeting functioning will result in healthier and more active peo- ple and contain the increasing health and social care expenditure: this shift will impact health and social cost and the sustainability of health and social systems in the long term. Questions for Discussion 1) Demographic dynamics put disability at the center of public health. Therefore, how can we show health and social systems that what matters for society is functioning and not only health? 2) One of the main challenges for health and social systems is cop- ing with the increasing needs of care in the population. Currently, long-term care is extremely expensive and available to only a small part of the population. How can we shift the focus of health and social systems toward functioning and not only expanding care services? 3) While health is important, what matters at the social level is that people be independent. Therefore, how can we incentivize the active measurement of other relevant outcomes, such as working status, in health and social care systems? 4) How can we expand the focus toward a more comprehensive understanding of human health in terms of functioning within the existing structure of health and social systems? Do health and social services need to adapt their information systems and their reimbursement and other financial arrangements in order to include indicators that allow us to measure functioning? References Bickenbach, J., C. Sabariego, and G. Stucki. 2021. Beneficiaries of rehabilitation. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 102(3):543–548. Bickenbach, J., S. Rubinelli, C. Baffone, and G. Stucki. 2023. The human functioning revolu- tion: implications for health systems and sciences. Front Sci 1:1118512. Börsch-Supan, A. 2003. Labor market effects of population aging. Labour 17(s1):5–44. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 68 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Chetty, R, M. Stepner, S. Abraham, S. Lin, B. Scuderi, N. Turner, et al. 2016. The asso- ciation between income and life expectancy in the United States, 2001–2014. JAMA 315(16):1750–1766. Colombo, F. 2023. Human functioning: realizing the value of health. Front Sci 1. Directorate-General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion (European Commission). 2021. Long-term care report: Trends, challenges and opportunities in an ageing society. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. Grosse, S. D., J. Pike, R. Soelaeman, and J. M. Tilford. 2019. Quantifying family spillover effects in economic evaluations: Measurement and valuation of informal care time. Phar- macoeconomics 37(4):461–473. Halla, M., and M. Zweimüller. 2013. The effect of health on earnings: Quasi-experimental evidence from commuting accidents. Labour Econ 24:23–38. Iezzoni, L. I., S. G. Kurtz, and S. R. Rao. 2014. Trends in U.S. adult chronic disability rates over time. Disabil Health J 7(4):402–412. Mathers, C. D., G. A. Stevens, T. Boerma, R. A. White, and M. I. Tobias. 2015. Causes of international increases in older age life expectancy. Lancet 385(9967):540–548. Mudrazija S. 2019. Work-related opportunity costs of providing unpaid family care in 2013 And 2050. Health Aff (Millwood) 38(6):1003–1010. Muurinen, J. M. 1986. The economics of informal care: Labor market effects in the National Hospice Study. Med Care 24(11):1007–1017. Peng, W., S. Chen, X. Chen, Y. Ma, T. Wang, X. Sun, et al. 2023. Trends in major noncommu- nicable diseases and related risk factors in China, 2002–2019: An analysis of nationally representative survey data. Lancet Reg Health West Pac 43:100809. —Drafted by Diana Pacheco THE FOUNDATION FOR IMPROVING REHABILITATION SERVICE DELIVERY AND CARE ACROSS THE LIFE COURSE: PERSON-CENTERED CARE, INTEGRATED CARE PRINCIPLES AND THE LIVED EXPERIENCE OF HEALTH Concept Note, Panel 3 Context The overall aim of this workshop is to facilitate a discussion on how rehabilitation services, focusing on effective, accessible, integrated and per- son-centered care, can contribute to achieving the goals of the UN Decade of Healthy Ageing. As the main goal of rehabilitation is to optimize func- tioning, the concept of functioning provides the basis for achieving this goal and fully realizing the healthy longevity agenda. Rehabilitation is recognized by WHO as one of its five health strategies in the Astana Declaration, in which member states committed to “meet the health needs of all people across the life course through comprehensive preventive, promotive, curative, rehabilitative and palliative care.” Due to its importance in a world increasingly characterized by aging societ- http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 69 ies and epidemic noncommunicable diseases, in 2017 WHO launched a specific agenda—WHO Rehabilitation 2030—calling on member states to strengthen health systems to provide rehabilitation to all people in need, including people with health conditions, the aging population and people with disabilities. Finally, access to rehabilitation is a human rights issue. The Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD) devotes Article 26 to rehabilitation, stressing the need to strengthen services and programs and access to assistive technology. The global need for rehabilitation is profound. In 2019 a landmark article in The Lancet using data from the Global Burden of Disease showed that 2.41 billion people have health conditions that would benefit from rehabilitation. This represents one in three people worldwide, many of whom are older adults. The main health conditions associated with the needs of people over 65 are musculoskeletal disorders, neurological disor- ders, sensory disorders (hearing, vision), and chronic respiratory diseases. A Resolution on Rehabilitation was adopted by the World Health Assem- bly in 2023, emphasizing the need to strengthen rehabilitation into health systems worldwide. The importance of giving rehabilitation a more prominent role in healthy longevity agendas has been well justified, especially to improve health and social support services and assistive technologies for the aging population. At the European level, scoping reviews and online consultations currently being performed under the auspices of WHO EURO will lead to an expert consultation on priority setting for strengthening rehabilitation services for healthy aging in Europe and a WHO EURO Regional Summit for National Policy Experts on Healthy Ageing in Lisbon in October 2023 focused on the United Nations goals as part of the Decade on Healthy Ageing. All these initiatives to strengthen rehabilitation, however, depend on concerted efforts to ensure changes and reforms to health systems to support rehabilitation and international aging agendas. Objective of the Panel The objective of this panel is to interrogate health systems in light of international healthy aging agendas and in particular the essential role that rehabilitation, as the health strategy whose aim is to optimize functioning, plays in healthy longevity and aging. The panel focuses on A. the role of rehabilitation service delivery and care across the life course; B. rehabilitation as a key WHO health strategy to achieve healthy aging; http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 70 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs C. the potential of health systems reforms to ensure that rehabilitation contributes to individual well-being and societal welfare, in light of population aging; D. rehabilitation as a health strategy to all people in need, including people with health conditions, the aging population and people with disabilities. Questions for Discussion 1) What is the role of rehabilitation service delivery and care across the life course for the health sciences, practice, and policy? How can rehabilitation as a health strategy be concretely strengthened in health systems? 2) How can rehabilitation as a key health strategy contribute to achieve a healthy longevity of populations worldwide? 3) What is the potential of rehabilitation to contribute to individual well-being and societal welfare in light of population aging, and how this should be communicated to policy makers? 4) How can we reorient our understanding of rehabilitation from a service exclusive to specific groups to a health strategy relevant to all people in need, including people with health conditions, the aging population, and people with disabilities? References Cieza, A., K. Causey, K. Kamenov, S. W. Hanson, S. Chatterji, and T. Vos. 2021. Global estimates of the need for rehabilitation based on the Global Burden of Disease study 2019: a systematic analysis for the Decade of Healthy Ageing: 2021–2030, Divi- sion for Inclusive Social Development Global Burden of Disease Study 2019. Lancet 396(10267):2006–2017. Lorenz, V., V. Seijas, H. Gattinger, C. Gabriel, M. Langins, S. Mishra, et al. 2023. The role of nurses in rehabilitation interventions to the ageing population in primary health care: A secondary analysis as a scoping review (preprint). Research Square. Seijas, V., C. Kiekens, and F. Gimigliano. 2023. Advancing the World Health Assembly’s landmark Resolution on Strengthening Rehabilitation in Health Systems: Unlocking the Future of rehabilitation. Eur J Phys Rehabil Med 59(4):447–451. Seijas, V., M. Roxanne, P. Fernandes, R. M. Benard, L. H. Lugo, J. Bickenbach, et al. 2023. Rehabilitation delivery models to foster healthy ageing—a scoping review (preprint). Research Square. Seijas, V., M. Roxanne, S. Mishra, R. M. Bernard, P. Fernandes, V. Lorenz, et al. 2023. Re- habilitation in primary health care for the ageing population: A secondary analysis from a scoping review of rehabilitation models for the ageing population (preprint). Research Square. Stucki, G., J. Bickenbach, and W. Frontera. 2019. Why rehabilitation should be included in international healthy ageing agendas. Am J Phys Med Rehabil 98(4):251–252. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 71 Welch, V., C. M. Mathew, P. Babelmorad, Y. Li, E. T. Ghogomu, J. Borg, et al. 2021. Health, social care and technological interventions to improve functional ability of older adults living at home: An evidence and gap map. Campbell Syst Rev 17(3):e1175. World Health Organization. 2023. Landmark resolution on strengthening rehabilitation in health systems. https://www.who.int/news/item/27-05-2023-landmark-resolution-on- strengthening-rehabilitation-in-health-systems (accessed May 10, 2024). World Health Organizatino. 2023. Regional summit on policy innovation for healthy age- ing in the WHO European region. https://www.who.int/europe/news-room/events/ item/2023/10/10/default-calendar/regional-summit-on-policy-innovation-for-healthy- ageing-in-the-who-european-region (accessed May 10, 2024). World Health Organization. 2019. Rehabilitation in health systems: Guide for action. https:// www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241515986 (accessed May 10, 2024). —Drafted by Carla Sabariego FUNCTIONING AS THE KEY TO A COMPREHENSIVE 360-DEGREE LIFE COURSE FOUNDATION FOR HEALTHY LONGEVITY RESEARCH Concept Note, Panel 4 Context As functioning is a multifaceted concept, when used as the foundation for research into the lived experience of health, it is a challenge to capture in study design its complexity integrating different methodologies, measures, and perspectives that represent the biomedical, psychological, and social dimensions of functioning. This is not merely a matter of collaboration across disciplines, but also collecting comparable functioning informa- tion. While the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF) provides the framework for describing and organizing com- parable functioning information, considerable work remains to develop standardized assessment and statistical analysis of functioning information, including harmonization across different data sources, clinical, cohort and population studies, and administrative data. Particularly challenging, given that functioning changes over time and across different environmental contexts, is assessing change longitudinally. This is especially important for aging studies when life events and the aging process itself influence trajectories of functioning. Rehabilitation involves diverse populations with different health condi- tions, impairments, and health and health-related needs. This heterogeneity can make it difficult to generalize findings and develop universally appli- cable interventions. Because functioning is influenced by diverse contextual factors—from climate to interpersonal relations and attitudes to social and https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241515986 https://www.who.int/publications/i/item/9789241515986 https://www.who.int/europe/news-room/events/item/2023/10/10/default-calendar/regional-summit-on-policy-innovation-for-healthy-ageing-in-the-who-european-region http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 72 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs economic structures—researchers are challenged to ensure that findings are applicable across diverse populations and settings. Statistical analysis of heterogeneous samples requires large sample sizes, which are often difficult to achieve in rehabilitation settings. Finally, as with all health research that aims to capture the full experi- ence of health, functioning research that a 360-degree perspective faces con- siderable practical challenges. Investigating rehabilitation interventions can be resource-intensive, and economic constraints may limit the scope and scale of these studies, which in turn affects researchers’ ability to address all aspects of functioning. It is also challenging to ensure that functioning research addresses issues that are aligned with individuals’ priorities and values and to achieve meaningful patient participation in the research pro- cess. Disparities in access to rehabilitation services, particularly in under- served communities or low-income populations, pose challenges for study recruitment, may introduce selection bias, and compromise the external validity of studies. More generally, rehabilitation and healthy longevity research is underfunded, making it difficult to conduct high-quality research and to recruit and retain talented researchers. There is, as well, a need to train health scientists in functioning and to build academic capacity for a new generation of health researchers. Finally, functioning research results must be translated into practice and inform policy, which will require new strategies of implementation. Objective of the Panel The notion of functioning opens up the possibility for innovative research in health sciences, and rehabilitation and health longevity spe- cifically, but capturing the full 360-degree view of the lived experience of health requires a range of scientific perspectives, including the biomedical, clinical, epidemiological, psychosocial, and socio-humanistic. The goals of this workshop is to explore this potential and opportunities of functioning- based health research and to identify key challenges in research on function- ing for rehabilitation and healthy longevity. Questions for Discussion 1) Does reorienting health sciences around the concept of functioning augment our understanding of the lived experience of health, and if so in which ways? 2) How can functioning as a framework for 360-degree research on the lived experience of health conditions be used fully in service of the scientific advancement of rehabilitation and the healthy longev- ity agenda? http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 73 3) How can functioning within rehabilitation and healthy longevity research have maximum impact and recognition, given the need to emphasis multidisciplinary collaboration rather than prioritizing specific scientific disciplines or methodological approaches? 4) Do we need tailored scientific research careers in rehabilitation and healthy longevity to address challenges and enhance efforts to study functioning? What would ideal research curriculum look like in detail? 5) Are there unique and uniquely challenging issues in bridging the gap between functioning-based rehabilitation and healthy longev- ity research findings and practice and policy? Is novel translational research required to ensure that evidence-based interventions and policies are effectively implemented? References Bickenbach, J., S. Rubinelli, C. Baffone, and G. Stucki. 2023. The human functioning revolu- tion: Implications for health systems and sciences. Front Sci 1:1118512. Stucki, G., and G. Grimby. 2007. Organizing human functioning and rehabilitation research into distinct scientific fields. Part I: Developing a comprehensive structure from the cell to society. J Rehabil Med 39(4):293–298. Stucki, G., and J. Bickenbach. 2021. Editorial. Spinal Cord 59(4):361–362. Stucki, G., J. Bickenbach, and W. Frontera. 2019. Why rehabilitation should be included in international healthy ageing agendas. Am J Phys Med Rehabil 98(4):251–252. —Drafted by Armin Gemperli ADVOCACY FOR HEALTH AND SOCIAL POLICY IN SUPPORT OF HEALTHY LONGEVITY: FUNCTIONING AS THE THIRD INDICATOR OF HEALTH Concept Note, Panel 5 Context This panel will highlight the crucial role of advocacy in bringing aware- ness of the importance of the World Health Organization’s concept of functioning from the International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health (ICF) as a fundamental pillar in reimagining health operation- alization, and specifically the potential for rehabilitation being the health strategy of the twenty-first century. Advocacy, at its heart, is the act of promoting and championing a particular cause or policy. In the realm of health and health care, advocacy http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 74 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs takes on a pivotal role, serving as the bridge between innovative concepts and their acceptance in broader society. The revolutionary concept of functioning in particular, while ground- breaking, is not immediately grasped or universally understood. The depth of its meaning, interlinking biological health factors with lived experiences, often clashes with prevalent, more monolithic interpretations of health. Addressing these misconceptions and the variety of interpretations requires targeted, informed advocacy. Functioning melds the biological dimension of health with real-world lived experiences. These experiences, reflecting the dynamic between indi- vidual health states and their environment, shape our perceptions and understanding of health and what it means for us in our daily lives. Yet, this very depth and intricacy make it susceptible to misinterpretation or oversimplification. For functioning to truly reshape how we perceive health and rehabilitation, especially in the context of healthy longevity, strong advocacy initiatives are required to elucidate its nuances and significance. Introducing functioning as the third health indicator, augmenting tra- ditional indicators of mortality and morbidity, demands a shift in societal perspective, especially as the world contends with challenges like an aging population and the rise of noncommunicable diseases. These challenges underscore the need not just for quantitative longevity but also ensuring quality and purpose in those added years. Advocacy, then, becomes the key to stressing this nuance and urging the health care system to reorient its priorities toward optimizing functioning and recognizing the central role of rehabilitation. In this light, the concept of functioning not only transforms our under- standing of health but also refines our perspective on disability, framing it as a decrement in functioning. However, for this concept to take root, and to influence policies and public opinion, focused advocacy efforts are essential. This panel seeks to emphasize the paramount importance of advocacy in solidifying the place of functioning within our health care discourse. It will explore the challenges and strategies in promoting this nuanced concept, and how, through informed and evidence-based advocacy, we can pave the way for a more comprehensive and effective approach to rehabilitation. Objective of the Panel The objective of this panel is to highlight the vital role of advocacy in advancing the understanding and integration of the World Health Orga- nization’s functioning concept within the broader health care and societal http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX C 75 discourse, thereby paving the way for a central role of rehabilitation in health systems. A. Awareness and clarification: to illuminate the depth and intricacies of the functioning concept, identifying what is difficult to commu- nicate about it. B. Strategizing advocacy: to discuss effective advocacy strategies that can resonate with diverse stakeholders—from health care profes- sionals and policymakers to the general public. C. Case studies and challenges: To share instances where advocacy for functioning faced hurdles, providing insights on overcoming these barriers and the lessons learned from these experiences. D. Interdisciplinary collaboration: to underscore the importance of multidisciplinary collaboration in advocacy, bringing together voices from health care, policy, academia, and patient advocacy to create a unified and compelling narrative. E. Futurescape: to envision the potential impact on health care and society should the advocacy for functioning succeed, emphasizing the transformations in policy, practice, and public perception. Questions for Discussion 1) What are the most common misconceptions and challenges in com- municating and speaking about functioning, and how can we more effectively explain its depth and nuances to varied audiences? 2) What best practices or innovative approaches can be adopted to ensure that advocacy strategies for the concept of functioning to resonate not only with medical professionals but also with policy- makers and the general public? 3) How can we foster a more collaborative advocacy approach that integrates perspectives from health care, policy, academia, and patient advocacy to present a cohesive and impactful message about the concept of functioning? 4) Looking ahead, if our advocacy efforts concerning the concept of functioning are successful, what transformative changes can we anticipate in health care policies, practices, and public perceptions in the coming years? References Al-Qudah, R. A., M. M. Barakat, and Y. S. Batarseh. 2020. Public health advocacy. In Ency- clopedia of Evidence in Pharmaceutical Public Health and Health Services Research in Pharmacy, p. 1–10. Cham: Springer International. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 76 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs American Public Health Association. 1999. APHA legislative advocacy handbook: A guide for effective public health advocacy. Washington, DC: APHA. Chapman, S. 2001. Advocacy in public health: Roles and challenges. Int J Epidemiol 30(6):1226–1232. Daly, J. A. 2012. Advocacy: Championing ideas and influencing others. New Haven: Yale University Press. Franklin, H. 2001. Advocating for the public’s health: A training manual. Association of North Carolina Boards of Health and NCPH. World Health Organization. 1992. Advocacy strategies for health and development: develop- ment communication in action. Geneva: World Health Organization. World Health Organization. 2006. Stop the global epidemic of chronic disease: a practical guide to successful advocacy. Geneva: World Health Organization. —Drafted by Sara Rubinelli http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Appendix D Participant Biographical Sketches Jonathan F. Bean, M.D., M.S., M.P.H., is a professor in the Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation at Harvard Medical School. Bean is an internationally recognized expert in geriatric rehabilitation. The goal of his work is to foster the development of new models of care that optimize the functioning of older adults. This includes an emphasis on principles that are prioritized within age-friendly health care systems. These overarch- ing goals are addressed through his leadership of the based New England Geriatric Research, Education and Clinical Center (GRECC), one of the 20 congressionally mandated VA GRECCS. Bean is the first physiatrist to ever lead a VA GRECC. He is also a staff physician at Spaulding Rehabilitation Hospital. His own research program focuses on developing new models of care that position rehabilitation as the center piece of secondary prevention of functional decline and adverse health outcomes among older adults. He leads a strong federally funded (NIH and VA) research training program for trainees of all levels desiring to pursue a career in patient-oriented research. John Beard, Ph.D., M.B.B.S., is Irene Diamond Professor and director of the International Longevity Center USA at Columbia University, New York. He was previously director of ageing and life course with WHO in Geneva. While at WHO he led multiple large international initiatives including the 2015 World Report on Ageing and Health, the Integrated Care for Older People program, and the Global Network of Age-Friendly Cities and Communities, which now covers more than 300 million people. He has worked extensively with the World Economic Forum and was a commissioner with the recent U.S. National Academy of Medicine Commission on Healthy Longevity. 77 http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 78 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Jerome Bickenbach, Ph.D., LL.B., is a permanent visiting professor at the Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine at the University of Lucerne and professor emeritus in the Department of Philosophy and Faculties of Law and Medicine at Queen’s University. Since 1995 he has been a consultant with the WHO working on the revision of the International Classification of Impairments, Disabilities, and Handicaps to the final draft leading to the ICF. Bickenbach has participated in nearly all revision activities and continues to consult with WHO on ICF dissemination and international disability social policy. His research is in disability studies, using qualitative and quantitative research techniques within the paradigm of participatory action research. Most recently his research includes disability quality of life and the disability critique, disability epidemiology, universal design and inclusion, modeling disability statistics for population health surveys, the relationship between disability and well-being, disability and aging issues and the application of ICF to monitoring the implementation of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. As a lawyer, Bick- enbach was a human rights litigator, specializing in antidiscrimination for persons with intellectual impairments and mental illness. Since 2007 he has led the Disability Policy Unit at Swiss Paraplegic Research in Nottwil. He is the author of Physical Disability and Social Policy (1993) and the coeditor of Introduction to Disability (1998), Disability and Culture: Universalism and Diversity (2000), A Seat at the Table: Persons with Disabilities and Policy Making (2001), Quality of Life and Human Difference (2003), and numerous articles and chapters in disability studies. Dorothy Boggs, Ph.D., O.T.R./L., M.Sc.P.H., F.H.E.A., is a mixed meth- ods researcher at the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine (LSHTM) who works with the International Centre for Evidence on Dis- ability. She is a U.S. occupational therapist who received her bachelors in occupational therapy at Boston University and both her master’s in public health and her Ph.D. in clinical research at LSHTM. She worked for Humanity & Inclusionfor almost seven years before joining LSHTM as a researcher in 2016. Boggs’s work focuses primarily on health, function- ing, and disability metrics and measurement approaches and global access to rehabilitation and assistive technology. She has published more than 25 peer-reviewed publications, in addition to a variety of gray literature publications and international conference presentations. She has more than 15 years’ experience in rehabilitation, disability, inclusion, and maternal, newborn, and child health in low- and middle-income countries. Henri Bounameaux, M.D., is an honorary professor and emeritus dean of the Faculty of Medicine of the University of Geneva. He was active for 40 years at the University Hospitals of Geneva as chief of the Division of http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 79 Angiology and Hemostasis, chair of the Department of Internal Medicine, and director of education and research. His research topics dealt with all aspects of venous thromboembolic disease, mainly pulmonary embolism. Since 2020 he is the President of the Swiss Academy of Medical Sciences. Somnath Chatterji, M.D., worked with WHO for more than 20 years, most recently as the outgoing director of the department of Data and Analyt- ics. He trained as a medical doctor and specialized in psychiatry. He has coordinated several large international projects, including the development of the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health, the revision of the International Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems, the World Health Surveys, WHO’s Study on Global Age- ing and Adult Health, the World Mental Health surveys, and several other large international projects funded by the National Institute on Aging, the National Institute of Mental Health, National Institute of Alcohol and Alcoholism, National Institute of Drug Abuse, the European Commission, and other funding agencies. He has participated as a speaker at several National Academies of Sciences meetings on subjective well-being, aging, and healthy longevity. He has a published track record of estimating the impact of health conditions and their burden globally, including books on the burden of mental disorders and on the cross-cultural study of disabil- ity. He has been listed by the Web of Science as being among the world’s most cited researchers (h-index 102) and has more than 200 publications in prestigious peer-reviewed journals. Alarcos Cieza, Ph.D., M.P.H., M.Sc., is head of the Integrated Service Delivery Unit and the Sensory Functions, Disability and Rehabilitation Unit at the WHO Department of Noncommunicable Diseases. In this role, she provides strategic leadership, management support and overall direction to WHO’s work on integrated service delivery with a focus on noncom- municable diseases, eye and hearing care, rehabilitation, and disability. Before joining WHO in September 2014, she served as chair and professor of medical psychology at the Faculty of Social and Human Sciences at the University of Southampton in the United Kingdom and led a research unit for more than 10 years at the Department of Physical Medicine and Reha- bilitation and then at the Pettenkofer School of Public Health at Ludwig- Maximilians-University, Munich, Germany. Nicola Diviani, Ph.D., serves as a senior research associate at Swiss Paraple- gic Research within the Person-Centered Health Care and Health Commu- nication Group. He is also a lecturer at the University of Lucerne’s Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine. He is leading a pivotal four-year proj- ect focusing on the existential aspects of self-management for individuals http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 80 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs recently diagnosed with spinal cord injuries, generously supported by the Swiss National Science Foundation. His involvement extends to numer- ous projects exploring health behavior and related factors. Diviani is an active member of the University of Lucerne’s Center for Rehabilitation in Global Health Systems and has offered his expertise as a consultant to the World Health Organization’s Make Listening Safe program and the World Rehabilitation Alliance. Furthermore, from 2016 to 2022 he represented Switzerland on the advisory committee of the International Association for Communication in Healthcare. Holding a PhD in communication sciences from the University of Lugano, Diviani’s research primarily explores health behavior, literacy, self-management, health information seeking (both online and offline), health empowerment, eHealth, and mHealth. His work critically examines the challenges individuals face in leveraging new com- munication technologies for health-related purposes, such as cancer preven- tion, vaccination, or self-management, aiming to identify effective solutions to these issues. Over the years, Diviani has conducted extensive research at the Institute of Communication and Health at the University of Lugano, as well as at the Harvard School of Public Health and the Amsterdam School of Communication Research, contributing significantly to the field. Victor J. Dzau, M.D., is president of the U.S. National Academy of Medi- cine and serves as vice chair of the U.S. National Research Council. He is chancellor emeritus and James B. Duke Professor at Duke University and past CEO of the Duke Health System. Previously, he was professor and chair of medicine at Harvard and Stanford Universities. He is an inter- nationally acclaimed leader and physician-scientist whose research laid the foundation for development of the class of lifesaving drugs known as ACE inhibitors, used globally to treat high blood pressure and congestive heart failure. Dzau serves as the inaugural president of the NAM, where he leads a strategy of innovation, action, and equity. The launch of the NAM Healthy Longevity Global Grand Challenge represents Dzau’s vision to inspire across disciplines and sectors to coalesce around a shared priority and audacious goal to advance health. The Grand Challenge consists of the Global Roadmap for Healthy Longevity and the Global Competition. Among Dzau’s many honors and recognitions are the Gustav Nylin Medal from the Swedish Royal College of Medicine and the Poulzer Prize of the European Academy of Sciences and Arts. He is a member of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, the Royal Society of Medicine, and the European Academy of Sciences and Arts. Dzau has received 18 honorary doctorates. Julia Patrick Engkasan, Ph.D., M.B.B.S., is an associate professor at the Department of Rehabilitation Medicine, Universiti Malaya. Her primary http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 81 research area is in spinal cord injury rehabilitation, but she is also lead- ing research in pulmonary and geriatric rehabilitation. She has performed collaborative research within different disciplines in Universiti Malaya, Malaysia, and internationally. She is the chair of International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine–WHO Subcommittee and is a committee member of the International Classification of Functioning, Dis- ability and Health Taskforce. She sits on the editorial boards of Spinal Cord journal, Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine, and ASEAN Journal of Rehabilitation Medicine. She graduated from the Universiti Malaya with a master’s of rehabilitation medicine degree in 2006 and with a Ph.D. in shared decision making in 2017. Walter R. Frontera, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.C.P., is a professor of physical medi- cine and rehabilitation at the University of Puerto Rico School of Medi- cine. He formerly served as the inaugural chair and professor of physical medicine and rehabilitation at Harvard Medical School and Vanderbilt University School of Medicine. Frontera’s main research interest is study of the mechanisms underlying muscle atrophy and weakness in older people and the development of rehabilitative interventions for sarcopenia. He is editor in chief of the American Journal of Physical Medicine and Reha- bilitation and the immediate past president of the International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine. He received his medical degree from the University of Puerto Rico School of Medicine and a Ph.D. in applied anatomy and physiology from Boston University. Frontera is a member of the National Academy of Medicine and has served on numerous National Academies’ committees, including the Standing Committee of Medical and Vocational Experts for the Social Security Administration’s Disability Pro- grams and the Committee on the Use of Selected Assistive Products and Technologies in Eliminating or Reducing the Effects of Impairments. He is also a fellow of the Royal College of Physicians (London). Francesca Gimigliano, M.D., Ph.D., is professor of physical and rehabilita- tion medicine, chair of the Clinical Unit of General and Specialist Reha- bilitation Medicine, coordinator of the PhD National Program in Public Administration and Innovation for Disability and Social Inclusion, and president of the Bachelor Program of Speech and Language Therapy in the Department of Mental and Physical Health and Preventive Medicine at the University of Campania “Luigi Vanvitelli.” Gimigliano is also the president of the International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine. Marija Glisic, M.D., Ph.D., P.D., is a medical doctor with a master’s degree in health sciences and a PhD in clinical epidemiology from Erasmus Uni- versity Rotterdam Medical Center, the Netherlands. She has completed http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 82 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs a postdoctoral qualification (habilitation) in clinical epidemiology at the University of Bern, Switzerland. Glisic is leading a research group at the Institute for Social and Preventative Medicine, University of Bern, that focuses on cardiometabolic disease and spinal cord injury. She also works at the Swiss Paraplegic Research in Campus Nottwil, Switzerland, where she co-leads the Cardiometabolic and Respiratory Research group. Glisic’s research aims to understand the determinants of cardiometabolic disease risk in individuals with neurotrauma. Additionally, she seeks to support the development and implementation of cost-effective personalized interven- tions to reduce disease burden and improve the lived experience of people with injuries. Her research has a special focus on sex/gender differences, women’s health, and lifestyle. Abderrazak Hajjioui, M.D., M.P.M., Ph.D., has specialized in physical and rehabilitation medicine since 2009 and in pain medicine since 2011. Cur- rently serving as a full professor at the Faculty of Medicine and Pharmacy, University Abdelmalek Essaâdi of Tangier, Morocco, he holds a Euro- pean master’s degree in physical and rehabilitation medicine and earned a master’s degree in public management in 2014. In 2017 he was awarded the national prize for research and innovation in disability. His extensive contributions include the publication of numerous articles and books. As an international expert in rehabilitation in health systems, he serves as the cochair of the workforce workstream of the World Rehabilitation Alliance and is a member of the International Society of Physical and Rehabilita- tion Medicine ClinFIT Committee and the Task Force on Physical Activity for People with Disabilities, and the International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine–WHO Liaison Committee. Additionally, he is president of the Moroccan Association for the Promotion of Rehabilitation Sciences and Prevention of Disability, vice president of the Middle Eastern and North African network, and a member of the African SCI Network. Alan M. Jette, Ph.D., is emeritus professor and dean at Boston Univer- sity’s Sargent College of Health and Rehabilitation Sciences and served as professor of health policy and management at the Boston University School of Public Health from 2005 to 2017. He also served as professor of rehabilitation sciences at the Massachusetts General Hospital Institute of Health Professions from 2012 to 2021. He is an international expert on rehabilitation and a leader in developing patient-centered rehabilitation outcome measures in a range of challenging clinical areas such as work disability, post-acute care, spinal cord injury, and neurological, orthopedic, and geriatric conditions. He has authored more than 250 publications in the rehabilitation sciences field and served as a principal investigator for http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 83 numerous studies funded by the National Institutes for Health, the National Institute on Disability, Independent Living, and Rehabilitation Research, the Agency for Healthcare Quality and Research, and several foundations. He has served as a member of more than a dozen National Academy of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine boards and committees. He chaired the Institute of Medicine committee that authored the 2007 report The Future of Disability in America. In addition to cochairing the Forum on Aging, Disability, and Independence, he was chair of the Committee on the Use of Selected Assistive Products and Technologies in Eliminating or Reducing the Effects of Impairments. He was elected to the National Academy of Medicine in 2013. He earned a bachelor’s degree in physical therapy from the State University of New York at Buffalo and a master’s degree and Ph.D. in public health from the University of Michigan. Ruth Katz, M.Ed., is the incoming president and CEO of Association of Jewish Aging Services in late February 2024. From 2018 to 2024 she served as senior vice president for policy and advocacy at LeadingAge. Both the Association of Jewish Aging Services and LeadingAge are membership organizations of nonprofit providers of aging services across the continuum of care, including nursing homes, assisted living, home care, hospice, low- income senior housing, and independent living services. At LeadingAge she led the Public Policy and Advocacy team, developing, leading, and oversee- ing the successful execution of LeadingAge’s public policy agenda, includ- ing legislation and regulation. Based on the board-approved public policy agenda and in collaboration with state partners, Katz oversaw the develop- ment of LeadingAge’s public policy positions and employed strategies to advance its policy agenda through Congress and the executive branch. She ensured thoughtful analysis of policy options and direction and activated the membership to achieve the LeadingAge agenda through engagement and grassroots efforts. Katz is a principal spokesperson for the association’s public policy positions and the primary representative of the policy agenda to other organizations and coalitions concerned with policy issues affecting LeadingAge membership. Before joining LeadingAge, Ruth was a longtime executive at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, with a focus on development and execution of policy research and analysis for programs in aging, long-term care and disability. Ruth built her career at the Health and Human Services office of the assistant secretary for planning and evaluation and the office of disability, aging and long-term care policy. In her dual roles as the associate deputy assistant secretary and director of the division of aging and disability, she led, directed, and coordinated policy and research regarding the Health and Human Services disability, aging, Medicare, and long-term care policy agenda. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 84 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs NiCole R. Keith, Ph.D., M.S., is dedicated to research and programming that increases physical activity participation, improves fitness, and posi- tively influences health outcomes while addressing health equity. She has served on the Indiana University Bloomington faculty since 2023. She also is a research scientist at the Center for Aging Research in the Indiana Uni- versity School of Medicine and a Regenstrief Institute investigator. Keith was the 2020–2021 American College of Sports Medicine vice president of membership, communication, education, and policy as well as its 2020–21 president, and she serves on several other national committees for the orga- nization. A fellow of the National Academy of Kinesiology, Keith serves on the academy’s Justice, Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion Presidential Com- mittee, the membership committee, and the editorial board. She is currently the chair of the National Physical Activity Plan and serves on the Physical Activity Alliance Advisory Committee. Keith earned a B.S. degree in physi- cal education from Howard University in 1992, an M.S. degree in exercise science from the University of Rhode Island in 1994, a Ph.D. degree in exer- cise physiology from the University of Connecticut in 1999, and an M.S. degree in clinical research from Indiana University in 2011. She is trained in physical activity, community, and clinical research. Fary Khan, M.D., A.M., M.B.B.S., F.A.F.R.M., is a specialist in rehabilita- tion and physical medicine and a fellow of the Royal Australasian College of Physicians. She is director of rehabilitation services at Royal Melbourne Hospital, clinical director at Australian Rehabilitation Research Centre, and clinical professor in the Department of Medicine at University of Melbourne, the Nossal Institute of Global Health, and the Peter MacCallum Cancer Cen- tre. She is an elected international member for the U.S. National Academy of Medicine and was awarded the Member for the Order of Australia (2022) for her contribution to rehabilitation medicine and research. She is the inaugural academic fellow to the Royal Australasian College of Physicians’ Board of the Australasian Faculty of Rehabilitation Medicine and elected board member of the Rehabilitation Medicine Society of Australia and New Zealand. She has 20 years of experience in neurological, cancer, and trauma rehabilitation. She set up evidence-based specialized rehabilitation programs for specific conditions such as multiple sclerosis, Guillain-Barre Syndrome, stroke, oncology, musculoskeletal injuries, and disaster manage- ment. She is chair of the Disaster Rehabilitation Committee, International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine, and Disaster Rehabilitation Special Interest Group, Rehabilitation Medicine Society of Australia and New Zealand. She holds more than 20 national and international executive positions and more than 15 international academic appointments at various universities. She is an executive member of International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine Women’s Taskforce and Cancer Rehabilitation http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 85 Working Group. She has an interest in refugee health and disability. She works with the executive for the UN International Council for Caring Com- munities and WHO–International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine Liaison Committee representing medical disability. She leads the Global Rehabilitation Flying Faculty (endorsed by the Australasian Faculty of Rehabilitation Medicine, Royal Australasian College of Physicians, and International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine), established to support capacity-building activities in Rehabilitation Medicine, with edu- cational training programs in more than 15 countries. Khan has a leadership role in rehabilitative care in Australia with more than 20 years of experience in health outcomes and health services research. She has published more than 500 scientific papers in peer-reviewed academic journals (including 14 Cochrane reviews and 20 book chapters). Matilde Leonardi, M.D., is the director of the Neurology, Public Health, and Disability Unit and Coma Research Centre, and is director Italian of the WHO Collaborating Centre Research Branch, Fondazione IRCCS Istituto Neurologico Carlo Besta, Milan, Italy. Leonardi is a neurologist, pediatrician, neonatologist, and child neurologist and specializes in bioeth- ics. Leonardi is also a World Federation for NeuroRehabilitation Presidium member, Flying Faculty, and board member of advocacy; One Neurology ambassador; communication committee chair, board member, and FEAN Fellow of the European Academy of Neurology; European Federation Research in Rehabilitation board member; WHO expert on disability and neurology; cochair of the WHO NeuroCovid Forum essential neurological services group; and member of the Neuro Covid Global Research Coalition. Leonardi is a corresponding member of the Pontificia Academia Pro Vita and sits on the board of directors of the Bioethics Centdre at the Catholic University of Milan. Leonardi was nominated by Italian government to be a member of the National Bioethics Committee in 2022, was an elected board member of the National Neurology Society in October 2023, and was elected to the European Federation for Rehabilitation Research in November 2023. Patricia Morsch, Ph.D., M.A., P.T., is a physical therapist and has more than 18 years of combined experience in clinical physical therapy and research on aging, older adults’ health, and public health. She holds a graduate cer- tificate in public health, a master of arts in gerontology from the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, and a PhD in biomedical gerontology from the Pontifical Catholic University of de Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. Morsch works as the healthy aging advisor in the Department of Health Systems and Services at the Pan American Health Organization headquarters in the Washington, DC, regional WHO office for the Americas. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 86 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Elias Mpofu, Ph.D., D.Ed., is a professor of aging and rehabilitation sci- ences at the University of North Texas and honorary professor of health sciences at the University of Sydney. His aging and rehabilitation sciences research focuses on the development, implementation, and evaluation of resilience, social supports, and other health promotive relationships of older adults aging with or into disability. It frames aging and disability questions on the World Health Organization’s International Classifica- tion of Disability, Health, and Functioning, an integrative approach for biological, psychological, and behavioral data. This provides for a holistic person–environment interaction perspective in which contextual factors are moderators between health and well-being components (body function and structure, activity limitations, and participation restrictions) and with feedback pathways among the components. His research advances the design of person-centric approaches for the successful community living and participation of older adults, supporting their empowered aging. Diana Pacheco, Ph.D., is professor in the Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine, University of Lucerne, and group leader of the Health Economics Group at Swiss Paraplegic Research. She earned a Ph.D. in economics from the University of Neuchatel, Switzerland, in 2013 and a M.Sc. in econom- ics from the University of Lausanne, Switzerland, in 2008. Between 2015 and 2020, she was a postdoctoral fellow at Swiss Paraplegic Research in the Rehabilitation Services, Economics and Statistics Group. Since obtain- ing her Ph.D., Pacheco has taught several courses, including social policy, health systems and services, applied economics, and social impact of health. Her research interests include health economics, applied economics, and social policy. Birgit Prodinger, Ph.D., M.Sc., M.Sc., is chair and professor of inclusive health care at the Faculty of Medicine at the University of Augsburg, Germany. Prodinger is a health and rehabilitation scientist with extensive experience in studying and teaching functioning. Her research focuses on describing and understanding the lived experience of people with disability and how health systems respond to their needs. By using the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health as a reference, she has contributed considerably to establishing methods for the standard- ized reporting of routinely collected functioning data in clinical practice. Prodinger is a member of the Centre for Rehabilitation in Global Health Systems, a Collaborating Centre of the WHO, at the University of Lucerne. Prodinger was trained as an occupational therapist in Salzburg, Austria, completed then the European master of science in occupational therapy program, a joint program of the Hogeschool van Amsterdam, Karolinska Institute, CVU Sud, and the University of Brighton. She completed her http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 87 Ph.D. in health and rehabilitation sciences at Western University, Ontario, and received the Venia Legendi in Health Sciences from the University of Lucerne. Prodinger also holds a master of science in health informatics from University College London. Prodinger led a research group at Swiss Paraplegic Research focusing on describing and understanding the lived experience of health using the ICF as a reference system. Her research was conducted in close collaboration with the WHO, among other national and international stakeholders. Jan D. Reinhardt, Ph.D., is an epidemiologist and rehabilitation researcher. He is currently employed as full professor and director of health sciences at the Institute for Disaster Management and Reconstruction of Sichuan University and Hong Kong Polytechnic University, China. In addition, Reinhardt is visiting professor at Jiangsu Province Hospital/Nanjing Medi- cal University First Affiliated Hospital, China, and lecturing professor at the Department of Health Sciences and Medicine of the University of Lucerne, Switzerland. He is a Ph.D. supervisor at the West China School of Public Health and School of Nursing, Sichuan University, and at the Department of Health Sciences and Medicine, University of Lucerne. He is a former chair of the Disaster Rehabilitation Committee of the International Society of Physical and Rehabilitation Medicine and current chair of the Disaster Special Interest Group of the Asia-Oceania Society of Physical and Reha- bilitation Medicine. Reinhardt is associate editor of the International Jour- nal of Public Health. He has authored more than 150 original articles in international journals listed in science citation index with more than 3,700 citations and an h-index of 37. His research interests include rehabilita- tion research; International Classification of Functioning, Disability, and Health; epidemiology of functioning and disability; theory, measurement, and models of environmental factors and their relation to human health; labor market participation of persons with health conditions; effectiveness of clinical and health services interventions; international NGOs in dis- ability and rehabilitation; health and rehabilitation after natural disaster; clinical trial design and research methodology; and prediction models for health care demand and payment. Sara Rubinelli, Ph.D., holds a degree in classics and philosophy from the Catholic University of Milan and a Ph.D. from the University of Leeds in the areas of argumentation theory, persuasion, and rhetoric. She is professor in health communication at the Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine of the University of Lucerne, and vice dean of health sciences. Since September 2009 she has led the Person-Centered Healthcare/Health Communication Group at Swiss Paraplegic Research. Since 2017 she has been a scientific advisor for the World Health Organization. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. 88 AGING, FUNCTIONING, AND REHABILITATION PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs Carla Sabariego, Ph.D., M.P.H., is a clinical psychologist and holds a master’s degree in public health and epidemiology from the Ludwig-Maxi- milians-Universität in Munich, Germany. She completed her Ph.D. in 2011 with a focus on cost-effectiveness evaluations of rehabilitation programs. Her habilitation, finished in 2016, focused on the implementation of the WHO ICF as a conceptual framework in clinical rehabilitation and public health. She pursued both her Ph.D. and habilitation at the Medical Faculty of Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität Munich, where she worked for 15 years as a senior researcher and lecturer at the Institute of Public Health and Health Services Research. From 2011 to 2018, she was a consultant to the WHO in the area of functioning and disability measurement; she mainly contributed to the development, pilot testing and implementation of the WHO Model Disability Survey—a dedicated functioning and disability survey—in several countries. From May 2017 to July 2018, she worked in the WHO’s Disability and Rehabilitation Programme in the Department of Noncommunicable Diseases, Disability, Violence and Injury Preven- tion in Geneva. In January 2021 she was appointed assistant professor (tenure track) for rehabilitation and healthy aging at the Faculty of Health Sciences and Medicine, University of Lucerne, and is currently vice dean of the Department of Rehabilitation and Functioning Sciences. Together with Gerold Stucki, she heads the faculty’s Centre for Rehabilitation in Global Health Systems, which has been a WHO Collaborating Centre since 2018. Through her bridge professorship, she leads the Ageing, Functioning Epidemiology and Implementation working group, together with Jerome Bickenbach, at Swiss Paraplegic Research in Nottwil. Paola Sillitti, M.Sc., is a research officer in the Health Division at the Orga- nization for Economic Co-operation and Development. Her work covers mainly the topics of end-of-life care, long-term care, and integrated care. She holds a master of science in economics and management and a bach- elor of science in economics from Bocconi University, Milan. She has also studied economics at the Faculty of Business and Economics, University of Lausanne, and International Affairs at Sciences Po Paris. Eleanor Simonsick, Ph.D., is an epidemiologist in the Longitudinal Stud- ies Section of the Translational Gerontology Branch within the Intramural Research Program of the National Institute on Aging, where she serves as co-director of the Baltimore Longitudinal Study of Aging and Federal Proj- ect Officer of the Health, Aging and Body Composition study. For more than 35 years she has conducted aging-related research within the context of longitudinal observational studies focused on assessment of higher-order physical function and evaluating the behavioral, psychological, biomechani- http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs APPENDIX D 89 cal, and physiologic factors and conditions that impact maintenance and decline in function and the overall aging process. Bruno Staffelbach, Ph.D., is a professor for business administration, direc- tor of the Center for Human Resource Management, and president of the University of Lucerne. Staffelbach is an honorary member of the Interna- tional Committee of the Red Cross and is a former brigadier general and commander of an infantry brigade of the Swiss Armed Forces. Gerold Stucki, M.D., M.S., is a professor in the Faculty of Health Sci- ences and Medicine and director of the Center for Rehabilitation in Global Health Systems, a WHO Collaborating Center, at the University of Lucerne. He is also director of Swiss Paraplegic Research and the ICF Research Branch, Switzerland. A physician with clinical training in physical and rehabilitation medicine and rheumatology, Stucki holds a master of science in health policy and management from the Harvard School of Public Health and a diploma in biostatistics and epidemiology from McGill University, Montreal. He has been a member of the National Academy of Medicine since 2012. Carl Willers, M.D., Ph.D., holds a Ph.D. in public health and epidemiol- ogy from Karolinska Institutet, where he is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Neurobiology, Care Sciences and Society. He is a member of a multidisciplinary research group focusing on rehabilitation, collaboration, and aging and has taught at various courses on the subjects of health equity and registry data studies. Ongoing research projects include health eco- nomic analysis of health care and social care for the Swedish geriatric popu- lation, evaluation of existing models for discharge from geriatric inpatient care, and development of new ways of working to optimize care transitions. He is employed as an intern physician at the Karolinska University hospital and is an affiliated researcher at the Research and Development Center for the Elderly, an initiative for enhancing operationalization of research for older adults, run by the Stockholm Region Council and its municipalities. He also holds a degree in economics from the Stockholm School of Eco- nomics and worked in management consultancy (McKinsey & Company) and health economics (i3, United Health Group) before entering academia. http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 Aging, Functioning, and Rehabilitation: Proceedings of a Workshop Copyright National Academy of Sciences. All rights reserved. PREPUBLICATION COPY—Uncorrected Proofs http://nap.nationalacademies.org/27763 FrontMatter Reviewers Acknowledgments Contents Boxes and Figures Acronyms and Abbreviations Proceedings of a Workshop Appendix A: Statement of Task Appendix B: Workshop Agenda Appendix C: Concept Notes Appendix D: Participant Biographical Sketches

    Grösse: 1 MB

    Erstellungsdatum: 26.08.2024

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Aktuelle Rechtsprechung des Bundesgerichts im Gesellschaftsrecht – Teil 2

    D. AG. Im Januar 2004 verstarb C. (Sachverhalt lit. A.b und A.c). [Rz 4] Im Mai 2013 reichte B. beim [...] ersetzen zu lassen (Sachverhalt lit. C.). C. Erwägungen [Rz 46] Einzig von Bedeutung ist im vorliegenden [...] der Widerklage (Sachverhalt lit. C.). C. Erwägungen [Rz 76] Die Parteien sind übereingekommen, dass

    Grösse: 124 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 09.08.2018

    pdf

    • Dokument

    Working paper Steffen Giessner

    JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 2 DRAFT JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP DURING ORGANIZATIONAL MERGER – A LONGITUDINAL, ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL STUDY A key component of leadership is leading change, and yet theoretical and empirical research has overlooked the dynamic role of leadership during organizational mergers. Because the integration of companies often decreases job satisfaction within the workforce, we argue that supportive leadership of line managers becomes especially important in reducing the negative impact of the change process. Importantly, we predict that dynamic changes in supportive leadership levels are key to employee adjustment. We test our prediction in the context of multiple National Health Service (NHS) primary care trust mergers, which took place in 2006. We analyzed the annual staff surveys of employees and compared merging organizations with non-merging organizations longitudinally (years 2005 and 2007). As expected, employees of organizations experiencing (vs. not experiencing) a merger showed lower job satisfaction in the period of the merger. Furthermore, increases in supportive leadership levels during the merger period were associated with less decrease in workforce job satisfaction. Thus, results indicate that dynamic changes in leadership rather than static levels of leadership buffer against decreases in job satisfaction. Keywords: Organizational merger; supportive leadership; buffering; adjustment; longitudinal analysis JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 3 JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP DURING ORGANIZATIONAL MERGER – A LONGITUDINAL, ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL STUDY Merger and acquisition (M&A) activities are a key strategic tool for many organizations to achieve economies of scale, diversification, and economic growth (Ellis, Reus, & Lamont, 2009). While economic and strategic goals are primary in mergers, M&A activities often result in rather low levels of employee job satisfaction (Amiot, Terry, Jimmieson, & Callan, 2006; Raffety & Restubog, 2010; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1989) – jeopardizing the strategic goals of the organization (Giessner, Ullrich, & van Dick, 2012). While this human side of the merger may explain why M&A activities often do not meet the strategic objectives (Marks & Mirvis, 2001), low job satisfaction within the organization is an organizational problem in itself deserving research attention (Spector, 1997). While a lot of research has provided important insights in understanding employee reactions toward M&A (Cartwright, 2005; 2016; Hogan & Overmyer- Day, 1994), previous research has largely neglected both the longitudinal aspect of this change process (Amiot et al., 2006) and the impact leadership has on such a sever change process (Giessner, Horton, & Humborstad, 2016; Sitkin & Pablo, 2005). This is surprising given that time both are essential variables within organizational change. Consequently, the current research fills this gap and offers a dynamic perspective of leadership during organizational mergers. Given the uncertainties and stress of M&A for the workforce (Giessner et al., 2016; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991; Terry, Callan, & Sartori, 1996), it seems obvious that leaders have a pivotal role to manage and lead their employees especially during the M&A process. Providing support during stressful events is an effective way to increase well-being and job satisfaction in JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 4 organizational contexts (Cohen & Wills, 1985; Rhodes & Eisenberger, 2002). Indeed, supportive leadership (i.e., showing consideration, acceptance, guidance and concern for the feelings of others) has been shown to be a positive antecedent of employee job satisfaction (Eisenberger et al., 2002; Rafferty & Griffin, 2006b). Consequently, supportive leadership should be of central importance during M&A integration – a time in which employees feel generally less support from their organization due to the stress and uncertainties associated with these dramatic organizational changes (Maguire & Phillips, 2008; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991). As organizational mergers are dynamic in nature, leadership has to be understood as a dynamic process in which the amount of leadership support can vary over time. While managing the change is often defined as the core responsibility of leaders (Yukl, 2010), current approaches to leadership to change, and M&A more specifically, have not yet addressed such a dynamic leadership perspective. Is it better to receive high levels of supportive leadership before the merger in order to cope with changes due to the merger? Or does leadership need to adjust over time to compensate for the uncertainty experienced? Consequently, the current paper conceptualizes leadership as both (a) a pre-merger buffer for the dynamic change adjustment and (b) a dynamic leadership adjustment over time that may compensate for the uncertainties and stress experienced due to the merger. We aim to contrast these different leadership processes on employees adjustments to the changes implied in the merger. To date, researchers have not paid attention to both the dynamic role of leadership and the dynamic nature of organizational mergers. The current research fills this gap by first providing a new dynamic perspective of leadership during organizational merger. In doing so, we integrate literature on the human side of mergers (Cartwright, 2005; Giessner et al., 2016; Hogan & Overmyer-Day, 1994; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991) and literature on perceived JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 5 supervisor support (Cohen & Wills, 1985; Eisenberger et al., 2002; Rhodes & Eisenberger, 2002; Sitkin & Pablo, 2005) and extend previous literature by considering dynamic changes in leadership over time. Second, we extend previous research on leadership during organizational mergers by not only focusing on employees within merging organizations, but contrasting them with employees from non-merging organizations within the same organizational context and time period. This enables us to test in how far supportive leadership is of central importance in times of severe organizational change due to m merger. To our knowledge, this is the first study providing such data and thus enabling us to understand the importance of leadership during mergers (vs. non-merging situations). Finally, the comparison of merger versus non-merger context allows us to answer an additional central question about the human side of the merger – are declines in job satisfaction due to the merger itself or due to the environmental condition (e.g., market deregulation or industry shocks; Andrade, Mitchell, & Stafford, 2001). Previous research on the human side did not provide evidence that changes in job-satisfaction are due to the specific organizational change. Our study addresses this gap and provides first empirical data for this question. Finally, we outline the important theoretical and practical implications for human resource management of organizational mergers and leadership in more general. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP DURING M&A Job satisfaction and the dynamics of M&A While most of the previous research on mergers has focused on financial and strategic aspects (Datta, 1991; King et al., 2004), an increasing number of researchers acknowledge the softer side of the merger as a key to success (Cartwright, 2005; Hogan & Overmyer-Day, 1994). Organizational mergers often create significant uncertainty (Marks & Mirvis, 2001; Rafferty & Restubog, 2010), increase the feeling of a loss of identity (Elstak, Bhatt, Van Riel, Pratt, & JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 6 Berens, 2014; Giessner et al., 2016; Ullrich, Wieseke, & van Dick, 2005), may lead to degradation of power and status (Hambrick & Cannella, 1993; Hogg & Terry, 2000), and heighten conflict within the workforce (Buono & Bowditch, 1989; Weber & Camerer, 2003). This is due to the often complex integration processes (Marks & Mirvis, 2004; Shrivastava, 1986) which are challenging employees ability to adapt to the changing job characteristics (Newman & Krzystofiak, 1993), changing organizational identity (Giessner, 2011; Terry, 2001) and the cultural clashes involved in the merger situation (Nahavandi & Malekzadeh, 1988; Stahl et al., 2005). As a result, large-scale organizational changes such as organizational mergers seem to reduce job satisfaction of the workforce (Buono & Bowditch, 1989; Rafferty & Griffin, 2006a; Rafferty & Restubog, 2010; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991). Job satisfaction is the degree to which employees like their jobs (Spector, 1997). It is an indicator of emotional well-being or psychological health. Hence, job satisfaction is a central indicator of employees’ adjustment to organizational change processes evoked by the merger (cf. Amiot et al., 2006; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991). Further, job satisfaction is one of the most reliable predictors for individual and organizational level performance (Judge et al., 2001; Ostroff, 1992) and employee health (Fischer & Sousa-Poza, 2009). Beside this, for pragmatic and humanitarian reasons, attaining high levels of job satisfaction is an important goal for organizations in itself (Locke, 1969; Spector, 1997). Therefore, proper management of employees’ levels of job satisfaction during organizational mergers is a central part of a successful integration management (Larsson & Finkelstein, 1999; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991; Shrivastava, 1986). Previous research on the psychological adjustments of employees during organizational mergers focused predominately on cross-sectional research designs that do not address the JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 7 dynamic nature involved in the merger process. Only a few studies addressed the longitudinal, dynamic nature of organizational mergers (Amiot et al., 2006; Amiot, Terry, & Callan, 2007; Gleibs, Mummendey & Noack, 2008; Kavanagh & Ashkanasy, 2006; Rafferty & Restubog, 2010; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991). These studies show that employees work attitudes and feelings are indeed changing over time. However, most of these studies looked at changes only after the official announcement of the merger itself (Amiot et al., 2006, 2007; Gleibs et al., 2008; Kavanagh & Ashkanasy, 2006; Rafferty & Restubog, 2010). An exception is Schweiger & DeNisi (1991) who conducted a longitudinal study in a merger of Fortune 500 companies within the light manufacturing industry. Questionnaires were distributed to the employees 4 weeks before the official announcement of the merger, two weeks after the merger, 25 days after the merger, and circa 4 month after the merger. Overall, results indicate a significant drop in job satisfaction over time. In contrast, however, a study of an airline merger by Amiot and colleagues (2007) measured job satisfaction 3 month after the major changes have been implemented and 2 years later. The data did not show any changes in the level of job satisfaction over time. Consequently, while there are strong theoretical reasons to assume that organizational mergers might decrease job satisfaction over time, the longitudinal empirical data available indicate rather mixed findings. This might be due to other environmental factors influencing job satisfaction over time in organizations. Furthermore, decreases in job satisfaction might be explained not necessarily by the merger itself as a cause, but rather by the circumstances of the merger. More precisely, as mergers may be the result of more general changes in the markets (e.g., deregulations or industry shocks, Andrade et al., 2001), drops in job satisfaction might just be a reflection of market conditions. Previous research on organizational mergers did actually not JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 8 compare changes in psychological adjustment within a merging workforce with a non-merging workforce (Amiot et al., 2006; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1989). This, however, would be necessary to provide strong evidence for the disruptive nature of organizational mergers on the workforce. Further, considering a non-merging control group may also help to address the previous inconsistent findings, because no change on job satisfaction (as found by Amiot et al., 2006) might be actually represent a worse adjustment if levels of job satisfaction increase over time for a comparable non-merging workforce. We aim to address this gap and provide longitudinal field data that enable a comparison of changes in job satisfaction between organizations that merge with organization that do not merge in the same organizational context. In this way, we provide unique empirical evidence enabling us to draw the conclusion that organizational mergers indeed produce a decrease in job satisfaction within the workforce. Hypothesis 1: Merging organizations will experience a decrease in job satisfaction relative to non-merging organizations within the same organizational context. The dynamics of leadership during organizational merger – buffering and adjustment Previous behavioral M&A research has investigated specific management strategies that can increase psychological adjustment of the workforce during the organizational merger. For instance, clear communication processes (Rafferty & Restubog, 2009; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991), employee participation (Amiot et al., 2006), providing employees with a sense of continuity (Giessner, 2011; Ullrich, Wieseke, & van Dick 2005; van Knippenberg et al., 2001), fair treatment and fair outcomes (Amiot, Terry, & Callan, 2007; Citera & Rentsch, 1993; Citera & Stuhlmacher, 2001; Gleibs et al., 2008; Lipponen, Olkkonen, & Moilanen, 2004; Tyler & De Cremer, 2005; Monin et al., 2013), and positive employees’ change history (Rafferty & JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 9 Restubog, 2009) reduce stress and ambiguity during M&A and can, thus, increase job satisfaction. Unfortunately, only a few scholarly or practitioner-focused research has focused on the actual role of leadership during M&A (Giessner et al., 2016; Sitkin & Pablo, 2005). This is surprising, given that “leading change is one of the most important and difficult leadership responsibilities” (Yukl, 2010, p. 296). Leading change is the essence of leadership (cf. Hollander, 1964) and significant organizational changes need leaders to mobilize the workforce (Kouzes & Posner, 1987). Therefore, it seems logical to ask for the role of leadership during organizational merger integration. The current paper addresses this exact research gap. Organizational mergers may create job loss, reduce status, question organizational identities, create interpersonal conflicts and injustice perceptions as well as threat to self-esteem and well-being at work (Giessner et al., 2016; Hogan & Overmyer-Day, 1994; Hogg & Terry, 1998; Kavanagh & Ashkanasy, 2006; Marks & Mirvis, 2001; Meyer, 2001; Monin et al., 2013; Newman & Krzystofiak, 1993; Schweiger & Ivancevich, 1985). These significant personal consequences question employees’ global beliefs about their valuation by their organization. One influential framework to understand why and how leadership actually can help in such a situation is Organization Support Theory (OCT; Eisenberger et al., 1986, 1997; Shore & Shore, 1985) which supposes that employees form general beliefs about the degree to which they receive generally positive or negative support by their organization. While such significant organizational changes reduce these believes and hence employees’ job satisfaction (Shore & Tetrick, 1991), OCT argues that not only the organization itself is an important source of satisfaction in the workplace, but direct leaders’ (i.e., supervisors’) support as well. This is because direct leaders are perceived as agents of organizations and, as such, have to provide JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 10 direction and caring for their employees (Eisenberger et al., 2002; Meindl & Ehrlich, 1987). Furthermore, during organizational merger integration, they play a key role in communicating and supporting employees to integrate into the new organization (Sitkin & Pablo, 2005), because they are structurally close to employees compared to the top management of the organization (Huy, 2002). This proximal contact brings them into the position to react towards personal problems of employees and to spend the time necessary to support those employees during radical change processes (Huy, 2002). Building on an OCT framework, the current research focuses on direct leaders (i.e., supervisors) and their degree of support (i.e., supportive leadership) during organizational merger. We define supportive leadership as behaviors that address the socio-emotional needs of employees and give directions and information in the work context. Previous studies addressing the role of leaders during organizational mergers or during more general organizational change processes und uncertainty indicate positive effects of leadership actions on employee adjustment during organizational merger. Some of these studies focused on either the role of transformational leadership style (Nemanich & Keller, 2007; Nemanich & Vera, 2009; Waldman & Javidan, 2009; Waldmann et al., 2001) or consideration (Covin et al., 1997). Both of these leadership styles included elements of responding to the socio-emotional needs of employees (cf. Rafferty & Griffin, 2006b). While transformational leadership also involves more visionary, inspirational elements, we focus in the current research purely on the supportive leadership dimension. This is because (a) visionary and inspirational leadership elements seem to be of more importance for top-management communication but to a lesser degree on middle manager level (Waldman & Javidan, 2009), (b) the framework of transformational leadership has recently been criticized with the suggestion to rather focus research on subcomponents of it (van JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 11 Knippenberg & Sitkin, 2013), and (c) the supervisors responses to the socio-emotional needs of employees seem to be of essential importance during radical change processes (Huy, 2002). Additionally, previous research also indicates a relationship between supportive leadership and job satisfaction (Terry et al., 1996). A shortcoming of most previous merger research is that the dynamic, temporal dimension of mergers has been neglected despite calls for a more dynamic perspective on organizational change (Pettigrew, Woodman, & Cameron, 2001; Van de Ven & Huber, 1990) as well as on organizational mergers specifically (Cartwright & Cooper, 1994; Cartwright & Schoenberg, 2006; Seo & Hill, 2005). The few studies applying a longitudinal research methodology (Amiot et al., 2006, 2007; Gleibs et al., 2008; Fugate, Kinicki, & Scheck, 2002; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991) do not address the dynamic aspects of leadership during organizational mergers. More specifically, previous research on leadership during organizational merger provide only cross- sectional data, which is unable to capture the dynamic changes in leadership and job satisfaction over time. Our current study addresses this limitation and focuses on the dynamic effects of leadership during organizational mergers. Applying a dynamic perspective on leadership and organizational mergers requires a consideration of time as an essential part of theoretical reasoning and methodological measurement (cf. Pettigrew et al., 2001). While temporal perspectives and change are, often implicitly, included in the study of organizational merger, the factor time has rarely been included as a central theoretical variable (Gleibs et al., 2008). In the current research we argue that studying leadership during dynamic organizational changes offers two different perspectives on the role of leadership: a buffering and a compensation function of leadership. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 12 The buffering function of leadership considers how fixed leadership levels within the organization before the actual merger is executed (i.e., supportive leadership levels at T1) might buffer against potential decreases in job satisfaction (i.e., T2-T1 levels of job satisfaction). Organizations likely differ in their levels of supportive leadership before an organizational merger actually takes place. The stress-buffering hypothesis (Cohen & Wills, 1985; Buunk, 1990) provides an explanation for this assumption. It suggests that social support may lessen the impact of negative consequences of stressors at work because social support will (a) prevent a negative response to a stressful event and (b) reduce negative feelings related to change process by providing a resource to solve problems. In context of organizational mergers, this implies that levels of supportive leadership before the actual change (i.e., T1) may lessen the negative impact of the change on job satisfaction (i.e., change in job satisfaction between T1 and T2). Direct supervisors are a central source of such social support, because they can potentially provide a sense of acceptance, security and efficacy to deal with situational demands such as changes in one’s task or changes in organizational identity (Sitkin & Pablo, 2005; Terry et al., 1996). Consequently, social support in the form of supportive leadership with an organization should be able to buffer against the stressor ‘organizational mergers’. Furthermore, the stress-buffering hypothesis suggests that social support has strongest effects under stressful situations (vs. non- stressful ones). Based on the stress-buffering hypothesis and previous research we aim to extend these findings by predicting that supportive leadership levels (T1) should especially important for buffering against changes in job satisfaction over time (T2-T1) for employees within merging organizations compared to non-merging organizations, because the workforce of merging organizations experience more dramatic changes than non-merging workforces. Thus, our second JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 13 hypothesis relates to the buffering function of supportive leadership on dynamic changes in employees’ job satisfaction. Hypothesis 2: The stronger the pre-merger levels of supportive leadership, the less strong will be the decrease in job satisfaction over time. This effect will be especially pronounced for the merging (vs. non-merging) organizations. Second, the adjustment function of leadership provides a more dynamic perspective on leadership and implies a change in theoretical thinking about leadership. It should not be considered as a fixed encapsulation of a given situation prior the change but rather as temporal change over time (MacKenzie, 2000; Pettigrew et al., 2001). In other words, while the buffering function considers leadership as a static variable (i.e., whether supportive leadership is high or low prior the merger), the adjustment function considers the role of changes of leadership over time (i.e., whether supportive leadership changes during the merger integration phase). To our knowledge, this perspective has not been considered in previous literature although it reflects a central question for organizational mergers: How important are supportive leadership adjustments over time for actual employee adjustments during organizational mergers? Organizational mergers represent radical change processes that potential decrease job satisfaction of the workforce over time (Schweiger & DeNisi, 1989; Terry et al., 1996). As this is a dynamic process, we argue that supportive leadership needs to adapt to this new situation by increases of supportive leadership over time within the organization (i.e., positive changes in levels of supportive leadership between T1 and T2). While OCT does not explicitly address the temporal dimension, our argument is in line with it (Eisenberger et al., 1986, 1997). Organizational mergers are disruptive events that question the in how far organizations will still support employees (Giessner et al., 2016). Direct supervisors represent agents of the organization JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 14 and thus can establish a positive belief in the organization (Eisenberger et al, 2002). Applying a dynamic perspective on this logic, we argue that organizational mergers changes perceived support of the organization over time, increases in perceived supportive leadership over time can compensate this effect and, therefore, re-establish levels of job satisfaction. In other words, dynamic changes in supportive leadership over time are one central source that can compensate for the potential drop in job satisfaction over time (i.e., changes between T1 and T2). Especially the direct supervisors of employees might be best able to provide this dynamic compensation, because they can directly react towards the socio-emotional needs of employees within changing organizational contexts (Huy, 2002). They can address the questions of employees, solve practical issues, give support for new tasks and are there to provide social support in uncertain times. Hence, the current research explores how dynamic changes due to organizational mergers can be compensated by dynamic adaptations of direct leaders. Hypothesis 3: The stronger positive changes in supportive leadership over time (between pre- and post-merger), the less strong will be the decrease in job satisfaction (i.e., changes between pre- and post-merger phase). This effect will be especially pronounced for merging (versus non-merging) organizations. Organizational Context The current study was conducted in the UK health care sector in which mergers have become increasingly common during the past 25 years (Fulop et al., 2005). Mergers have been used as a key lever for change processes in this context (Smith, Walshe, & Hunter, 2001). This study is conducted in a public sector organization – a context involving multiple stakeholders and exposed of strong political influences (Denis, Lamothe, & Langley, 1999; Fulop et al., 2005). As the health sector is particularly dominated by professionals used to have autonomy in JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 15 their work environment, organizational mergers and its related changes receive rather strong levels of resistance (Pettigrew, Ferlie, & McKee, 1992). We made use of a merger wave taking place in 2006 within the UK health sector. The data presented here were not specifically designed to study the merger process. Rather, we used the annual employee service data. In order to analyze data in a longitudinal way, we chose the organizational level as level of analysis. There are two reasons why we did so. First, our hypotheses are on organizational level of analysis. Second, job satisfaction on organizational level has been shown to be a reliable predictor of organizational performance (Ostroff, 1992). Finally, on a pragmatic level, as employee surveys are anonymous, organizational level of analysis allowed us to match data for testing temporal relationships. METHOD Organizations The study is set within the National Health Service (NHS) in England. The NHS is a United Kingdom-wide service, funded by central taxation with vast majority of health care provided free at the point of delivery to all UK residents. The four constituent countries of the UK – England, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland – all have separately run sections of the NHS, and this study focuses on the English section of it – which is by far the largest, with around 1.1 million of the total 1.4 million NHS employees. The NHS in England comprises different types of local health care provider organizations, known as NHS trusts, each of which is a separate employer, and is largely autonomous but operates within a central framework (Department of Health, 2010). Since April 2013 a slightly different structure of trusts has been in place due to the Health and Social Care Act of 2012), but before then the main types of employer were acute trusts (hospitals or local JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 16 groups of hospitals), mental health/learning disability trusts, ambulance trusts and primary care trusts (PCTs). This study focuses on the PCTs (which in April 2013 were replaced by Clinical Commissioning Groups). PCTs had dual functions: they operated as local budget holders and commission health care services from other providers on behalf of their patients, and they provided community- based care for a fixed geographical region1. They did not provide general practitioners (GPs, or family doctors) directly, but were charged with ensuring there is sufficient provision of GPs (who work as independent contractors), and directly employed other health professionals who work alongside GPs or visit patients directly, e.g. community nurses. The Mergers In 2006 the NHS underwent a significant restructuring, which chiefly affected PCTs. A long-term strategic plan was implemented aimed at reducing local variations in care decisions, and levels of bureaucracy in commissioning. Prior to 2006 there had been 290 PCTs across England; during 2006, however, 209 of these were reconfigured into 66, with groups of between two and seven smaller local PCTs joining to become a single larger PCT – often such that a city or county which previously had multiple PCTs would subsequently have only one. The other 81 PCTs did not change at all, and as such represent a non-randomized control group. This control group is important because a number of factors in the NHS more widely – including the broader effects of restructuring, and redundancies in some acute trusts due to financial difficulties – may have affected the morale of all NHS staff, with these difficulties being widely reported in media in the UK. The mergers were chosen so that the number of new PCTs matched the number of 1 In 2009 the provider functions of PCTs began a process whereby they became separate organizations or were merged into a local acute trust, leaving PCTs as primarily commissioning bodies. This was started well after the period of this study, however. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 17 local authorities, and were largely coterminous with these authorities, allowing greater coordination in planning and decision making (NHS Confederation, 2011). As a result, PCTs within a single city or county generally were all either involved in mergers or not merged at all; however, the cities and counties where mergers happened were spread throughout the country. Exact details of the mergers were determined at a local level, but for the most part the commissioning and management functions would become centralized within the new PCTs, while most healthcare professionals employed by the PCT would remain working in the same roles and localities as they were previously in (HM Government, 2006). The Survey Sample. We used data from the NHS national staff survey, an annual survey of employee experiences and attitudes that has been run across the NHS in England since 2003 (Picker Institute Europe, 2011). All NHS trusts are usually obliged to take part; an exception to this was the PCTs which were being reconfigured were not included in the 2006 survey as the survey period coincided with the mergers. Therefore, we use data from the 2005 and 2007 surveys, which occurred several months before any restructuring started (2005) and around a year after the mergers actually took place (2007). In 2005, all 290 PCTs were included; in 2007, all 147 PCTs were included (including the 81 which remained the same and the 66 newly-merged PCTs). Within each PCT, a random sample of all employees was invited to participate. The sample size was on a sliding scale, determined by the accuracy of a 60% response when taking the finite population correction into account: organizations with over 3000 employees were required to sample 850 of them, those with 2001-3000 employees sampled 800, those with 1001- 2000 employees sampled 750, those with 601-1000 employees sampled 700 employees, and JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 18 those with 600 or fewer employees included all of them. Sampling, questionnaire administration and data collection were conducted by external survey contractors, appointed by each PCT separately but operating to standardized guidelines, which included sending out reminder letters (after three weeks) and second copies of the questionnaire (after six weeks) to non-respondents, with data being sent to a national coordination center following this process (Picker Institute Europe, 2011). All questionnaires were paper-based and administered by mail with reply-paid envelopes provided. In 2005, the overall response rate for PCTs was 62% (98,943 individual responses), with this ranging from 35% to 81% within organizations; in 2007, the overall response rate for PCTs was 59% (59,285 responses – far fewer due to the smaller number of organizations), with a range from 32% to 77%. For the 2007, to ensure scores bore comparison with pre-merger data, we used only the responses of employees who had been in post for at least two years (i.e. since the 2005 survey or before), reducing the total number of responses used to 47,039. Respondents in 2007 included 88% women; 11% aged under 30, 22% aged 31-40, 35% aged 41-50 and 31% aged over 50; 40% were nursing staff, 4% medical or dental, 20% other healthcare professionals (e.g. physiotherapists, pharmacists), 4% public health staff, 3% commissioning staff, 3% general managers, 22% administrative/clerical staff, and 2% maintenance/ancillary staff, with 2% describing themselves as “other”. The response profile in 2005 was very similar, and both years’ profiles are representative of the overall workforce in these organizations. Measures. The questionnaires included a range of topics relating to experiences at work, as determined by stakeholders including the Department of Health and Healthcare Commission (the official regulator of health services), who commissioned the survey. Many of the measures, JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 19 including those we use in this study, were adapted from existing validated constructs by a mixture of cognitive interviews with NHS employees and discussion amongst a range of stakeholders. Some questions remained unchanged, some had language altered to fit in with that commonly used by NHS employees, some were shortened to allow more constructs to be included, and some were developed for the survey specifically. In this study we focus on two: job satisfaction and supportive leadership. Job satisfaction was measured using seven items from Warr, Cook and Wall’s (1979) scale. This included questions asking to what extent respondents were satisfied with different aspects of their job (e.g. support from work colleagues, amount of responsibility given) with a five-point Likert response scale ranging from “Very dissatisfied” to “Very satisfied”. Cronbach’s alpha was 0.86 in both 2005 and 2007. Supportive leadership reflected support from respondents’ immediate managers, and included five items selected and adapted from other related scales during development of the original survey in 2003 (Healthcare Commission, 2004). The items asked to what extent respondents agreed with the statements “My immediate manager…” (a) “…encourages those who work for her/him to work as a team”, (b) “…can be counted on to help me with a difficult task at work”, (c) “…gives me clear feedback on my work”, (d) “…asks for my opinion before making decisions that affect my work”, and (e) “…is supportive in a personal crisis”. Responses were on a five-point Likert response scale ranging from “Strongly disagree” to “Strongly agree”. Cronbach’s alpha was 0.90 in 2005 and 0.91 in 2007. Analytic Strategy The safeguards employed to protect the anonymity of respondents mean that no tracking of individual responses between years is possible. While this may have been an interesting angle JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 20 to observe, we believe that a focus on organizational level data is more appropriate in any case, for two reasons. First, it is the overall level of job satisfaction within the PCTs before and after the mergers that is of interest. Second, examination of changes in supportive leadership at individual level may simply reflect different line management arrangements following the mergers. Therefore, we began by aggregating data to the PCT level on both variables (see following section for justification of aggregation). In addition, as we needed to compare data before and after mergers, we aggregated all responses to the 2005 survey of individuals working for PCTs that would subsequently become the same PCT: this meant that the analysis would be conducted at the (post-merger) PCT level, with a sample size of 147 organizations, including 66 which underwent mergers. Testing of the hypotheses was conducted using repeated measures ANOVA on the outcome job satisfaction. Hypothesis 1 tested a model with the between-subjects factor of whether the PCT merged or not interacting with time and a change in supportive leadership between 2005 and 2007, whereas hypothesis 2 examined whether there was an interaction between merger status, time, and the pre-merger level of supportive leadership. Hypothesis 3 examined a simple interaction between whether or not the PCT merged interacted with time. Post-merger PCT size (recorded as number of employees) was included as a control variable. Aggregation In order to test organizational-level effects, it was necessary to aggregate both job satisfaction and supportive leadership to the (post-merger) PCT level. Although there would be good reasons to believe that there may be relatively high agreement between respondents on these measures within a single PCT – due to, for example, organizational culture and climate determining the role played by line managers and the general morale of employees respectively – JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 21 there is no reason to assume that there would be comparable responses between employees in separate PCTs that were due to merge. Therefore, in terms of Chan’s (1998) typology of composition models, it would be inappropriate to apply a direct consensus model in this case; rather, an additive model, in which the organizational-level score is “a summation of the lower level units regardless of the variance among these units” (Chan, 1998, p. 236), is appropriate. In this situation, it is necessary only to demonstrate that there is reliability of the average score, which can be done using ICC(2) (Bliese, 2000). In the 2005 data ICC(2) was 0.81 for job satisfaction and 0.77 for supportive leadership; in the 2007 data these figures were 0.79 and 0.76 respectively. As all of these are clearly above the 0.70 level usually considered acceptable for reliability, this indicates that aggregation produces reliable organizational-level scores even despite the combination of merging PCTs. For those situations where the data aggregated were responses from within a single organization (i.e. non-merging PCTs in 2005, and all PCTs in 2007), it is also appropriate to examine inter-rater agreement. This was done using the rwg(j) index (James, Demaree & Wolf, 1993). The mean rwg(j) scores in 2005 were 0.89 for job satisfaction and 0.83 for supportive leadership (with minimum values of 0.86 and 0.76 respectively); in 2007 they were 0.89 for job satisfaction and 0.81 for supportive leadership (with minima of 0.83 and 0.68). Although there exists some debate about the usefulness of rwg(j) as an absolute measure of agreement, these are clearly amongst the higher values found in the literature (LeBreton & Senter, 2008). In aggregating the pre-merger data from PCTs that merged, the pre-merger PCT sizes were used to weight the overall pre-merger score, thus ensuring that data from smaller PCTs did not count disproportionately when being merged with larger PCTs (as the sample sizes may have been similar even if the PCT sizes were not). JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 22 RESULTS Table 1 shows the means, standard deviations and intercorrelations of the two survey variables in each year, along with merger status and the control variable, PCT size. The large correlations between job satisfaction and supportive leadership are noteworthy, if not surprising: at the individual level the correlation between these variables, which would be expected to be high, is .66, and this increases when considered at the organizational level due to the well-known ecological effect of data aggregation (e.g. Ostroff, 1992). Nevertheless, with correlations of this size, it is important to be able to distinguish between the constructs, and so a test for discriminant validity was run via multilevel confirmatory factor analysis using Mplus. A two-factor model using the 2007 data yielded a substantially better fit, (CFI = 0.88, RMSEA = 0.09, SRMR = 0.07) than a single factor model (CFI = 0.81, RMSEA = 0.11, SRMR = 0.10); additionally, the standardized factor loadings at the organizational level all exceeded .90, whereas the inter-factor correlation was 0.85, showing discriminant validity according to Fornell and Larcker’s (1981) conditions. ------------------------------- Insert Table 1 and 2 about here ------------------------------- Table 2 shows the results of three repeated measures ANOVA models to test hypotheses 1, 2 and 3 respectively. The first column shows the test of hypothesis 1, which examines whether there was a relative decrease in job satisfaction in PCTs that merged compared with those that did not. Here we see that there is a significant interaction between year and merger status, F(1,144) = 26.91, p < .001. Figure 1 displays this effect graphically; it can clearly be seen that there is a greater decrease in job satisfaction in those PCTs that merged than in those that did not, supporting hypothesis 1. It is clear that there was an overall, national decreasing job satisfaction, JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 23 but this decrease was much less in PCTs that did not merge. To further determine whether this difference was due to the mergers, we also examined equivalent analyses for the pairs of years before the merger (2004-2005), and after the merger (2007-2008). In neither case was the interaction significant; for 2004-5: F(1,144) = .14, p = .71; and for 2007-8: F(1,144) = 1.7, p = .20. ----------------------------------------- Insert Figures 1, 2 and 3 about here ----------------------------------------- The second column shows the test of hypothesis 2, examining whether this difference is moderated by the extent of supportive leadership in the pre-merger year (2005). Here, the three- way interaction is not significant, F(1,142) = 1.76, p = .19, suggesting that hypothesis 2 is not supported. The third column shows the test of hypothesis 3, which examines the interaction between change in supportive leadership between 2005 and 2007, whether or not the PCT merged, and year, predicting job satisfaction. The significant three-way interaction, F(1,142) = 4.54, p = .035 indicates that there is indeed a differential effect of change in supportive leadership on the change in job satisfaction depending on whether or not the PCT merged. To enable interpretation of this, it is shown in Figure 2. It can be seen that, overall, there is a drop in job satisfaction, which can be attributed to general decreases in staff morale across the NHS over this period. This exacerbates the importance of having a control group, rather a simple pre/post-merger design. It is also clear that where there is a decrease in supportive leadership in general (lines 2 and 4), there is a sharp drop in job satisfaction; where there is an increase in supportive leadership (lines 1 and 3) this appears to mitigate the overall trend of decreasing satisfaction. The nature of the three-way interaction is that where PCTs merged, there was a sharper decrease in JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 24 satisfaction under conditions of decreasing supportive leadership than where PCTs did not merge. To make the nature of the three-way interaction effect visually clearer, in Figure 3 we show the nature of this interaction by plotting the interactive effects between changes in supportive leadership and merger status on changes in supportive leadership. DISCUSSION We explored the impact of organizational mergers and the moderating role of supportive leadership on employee job satisfaction during organizational mergers. Using longitudinal data on an organizational level of analysis, we showed that merging organizations experience a decrease in job satisfaction relative to non-merging organizations within in the same organizational context. More importantly, while pre-merger levels of supportive leadership relate positively to post-merger job satisfaction, the effect is not specific for merging organizations. In other words, supportive leadership in general seems to have positive implications on job satisfaction at later point in time independently of the merger status (i.e., non-merging vs. merging). Most importantly, however, changes in supportive leadership over time influence post- merger job satisfaction – and this effect is especially pronounced for the workforce of the merged organizations. More precisely, merging organizations with supervisors who increased their level of supportive leadership over time reduced the decreases in workforce job satisfaction relative to no-merging organizations. Thus, the present results signify an important step in understanding the dynamic nature of leadership in general and within a context of organizational merger in specific. Theoretical and Practical implications Several important and new insights can be gained from the current findings. First, while previous longitudinal research showed mixed findings with regard to changes in levels of job JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 25 satisfaction over time (Amiot et al., 2007; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991), our study provides strong evidence for decreases in job satisfaction over time in comparison to a natural control group. Without a control group, it is hard to judge whether changes in job satisfaction are really due to the merger situation itself or due to some general circumstances within the organizational context or sector in which the change takes place (e.g., a financial crisis, a political debate, etc.). The unique data set of the current study allowed, however, comparing employees from merging and non-merging organization. We, thus, provides convincing evidence that organizational mergers decrease the job satisfaction of the workforce relative to more general environmental changes. It is interesting to notice that the overall levels of job satisfaction decreased for both the merging and non-merging organizations. This might be due to the specific organizational context of the NHS. The health service in the United Kingdom has undergone several change processes over the last decades due to several economic, clinical and political drivers. Further, the organizational mergers took part in the public sector – a context that involves multiple stakeholders and is often politicized (Fulop et al., 2005). Indeed the mergers we focused on in this study have been debated by politicians (BBC News, 05/16/2006) and, as a result, employees for all primary care trusts might have been influenced by this political debate. Consequently, job satisfaction might have dropped for the whole workforce. While we can only speculate on the overall drop of job satisfaction over time, the important finding is that workforces of merging companies experienced a stronger decrease in job satisfaction in comparison to workforces that did not undergo a merger. While previous research provided evidence that cross-sectional differences in supportive leadership relates positive to employee job satisfaction (Terry et al, 1996), the current findings qualifies this assumption and presents a more complex perspective on how supportive leadership JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 26 relates to changes in job satisfaction over time. First, our results indicate that stronger cross- sectional levels of supportive leadership do not have beneficial effects on changes in job satisfaction in comparison to a non-merging context. This indicates that prior cross-level differences of supportive leadership do not buffer for the specific stressor organizational merger. Thus, it seems not enough for organizations to develop high levels of supportive leadership before an organizational merger as a mean to prevent potential drops in job satisfaction. Second, the most intriguing finding in the current study relates to the effect of temporal changes of supportive leadership during the merger. Organizations can significantly reduce decreases in employee job satisfaction due to organizational mergers if they increase their level of supportive leadership during merger integration. Consequently, the levels of supportive leadership need to adapt to the merger situation independently of the pre-merger levels of supportive leadership. This dynamic perspective on leadership extends previous empirical research on leadership during organizational merger. Organizational mergers represent dynamic changes for the workforce who experiences more stress and uncertainty due to the merger (Cartwright, 2005; Hogan & Overmyer-Day, 1994; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991; Terry et al., 1996). Therefore, organizations have to ensure that supportive leadership of their mid-level managers can adapt to these increased needs of their employees. The current findings hint to the important leadership role of direct supervisors during organizational mergers and the importance to focus on dynamic changes of leadership in addition to static levels of leadership. Our research extends findings on organization support theory (Eisenberger et al., 1986, 1997; Rhoades & Eisenberger, 2002; Shore & Shore, 1985). While previous research provided evidence that supportive leadership can increase employees’ positive perceptions of the organization (Eisenberger et al., 2002) which in turn can increase job satisfaction (Rhoades & JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 27 Eisenberger, 2002), the current studies extends this idea to stressful organizational situations like organizational mergers. Organizational mergers question employees’ believe in the organization as supportive (van Dick, Ullrich, & Tissington, 2006). Consequently, increases in supportive leadership over time can compensate for the disrupted organizational support and, as a result, reduce potential decreases in job satisfaction due to the merger. While such a dynamic perspective is in line with the organization support theory, it extends it by providing a consideration of time. Our results indicate that supportive leadership has to be considered as a dynamic process than enfolds over time. A more static perspective on leadership, which can also be derived from organization support theory, seems to be inappropriate to understand how leadership can help employee adjustment during organizational change. Direct supervisors are the most proximal agents of the organization and, as such, seem to be most suited to provide support during times of change (Huy, 2002; Terry et al.,, 1996). While we have focused on support of direct supervisors only, we might speculate that other types of support (e.g., co-worker support, family support) could also compensate during organizational mergers (Cohen & Wills, 1985; Väänänen et al., 2004). While organization support theory argues that direct leaders might be most suited to represent the organization and, thus, to increase job satisfaction of employees, it might be interesting to focus how various types of support and look for sources of support that are most effective compensatory mechanism in future research. From a more general leadership perspective, our findings point to the importance of considering leadership as a dynamic process. This is especially the case for organizational change processes (Yukl, 2010). While leadership theories like transformational leadership (Bass, 1985) place a strong emphasis on this dynamic aspect, research on leadership and organizational merger has been so far rather static in nature – looking at how cross-sectional differences in JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 28 leadership styles predict employee adjustments during organizational merger (Covin et al., 1997; Kavanagh & Ashkanasy, 2006; Nemanich & Keller, 2006; Nemanich & Vera, 2009; Terry et al., 1996; Waldman & Javidan, 2009). Although previous research provides certainly important insights, we argue and show that dynamic changes in leadership rather than cross-sectional levels of leadership are most important to understand the unique effects leaders can have during organizational change. Future research avenues Our dynamic view on organizational mergers and leadership is a major step in developing a more sophisticated understanding of change processes and employee adjustment. Therefore, the current study offers a number of future avenues for the study of leadership and change. First, we only focused on one specific leadership style – namely supportive leadership. However, recent research shows that leaders how foster goal clarity and creative thinking are able to increase employee job satisfaction during merger integration (Nemanich & Keller, 2006). This finding is in line with studies showing that employees who understand the purpose and necessity behind the merger are more willing to support and identify with the merged organization (Giessner et al., 2016; Ullrich et al.,, 2005). Thus, supportive leadership of direct supervisors might be accompanied by such visionary or inspirational leadership style from top-management (Sitkin & Pablo, 2005; Waldman & Javidan, 2007). Importantly, we argue that it is most valuable to study dynamic changes in leadership in the context of organizational merger. Related to this point, we focused on line managers rather than senior management. Previous research indicates that both line managers (e.g., Nemanich & Keller, 2006) as well as senior management (Kavanagh & Ashkanasy, 2006; Waldman & Javidan, 2009) play a role in the merger integration process. We think that all levels of management can be important sources JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 29 of support during merger integration. Line manager normally have more contact with employees and might especially suited to provide direct support (Huy, 2002). This, however, does not imply that senior management is of less importance. Rather, a merger is a collaborative endeavor that should be managed on all levels. Future research might elaborate how the alignment or misalignment between different levels of management might influence employee adjustment to the merger. A third avenue relates to a closer focus on dynamic changes in supportive leadership and the dynamic changes in perceived organizational support. While our focus has been on how changes in supportive leadership influence changes in job satisfaction, perceived organization support theory (Eisenberger et al., 1986, 2002) would suggest that supportive leadership influence job satisfaction via perceived organizational support. Consequently, we would assume that perceived organizational support is a mediator of the current findings. Importantly, we argue that temporal changes in perceived organization support mediate the effects between changes in supportive leadership and changes in job satisfaction. Finally, our research indicates that third variables might exert influence on employee job satisfaction which are not unique to a merger or change context. On the one hand, this might be not considered as a severe problem, because knowing that variables like pre-merger level of supportive leadership has a positive relationships to post-merger job satisfaction is an important finding with practical relevance in itself. On the other hand, there is a danger that research on organizational change replicates research findings from other research fields and misses to focus on the unique processes and variables involved organizational change. One central variable of organizational change is time (Pettigrew et al., 2001). The current study shows that taking into account the temporal changes during mergers, unique advantages of changes in supportive JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 30 leadership to situations of organizational merger (vs. non-merging organizations) are present. The data set used in this study offers a unique context in which we have been able to compare merging and non-merging organizations. It is certainly difficult to find contexts and data to conduct studies that enable such comparison of merging and non-merging organizations. One way to deal with this might be an experimental approach to study organizational mergers (e.g., Weber & Camerer, 2003). Although such an experimental approach might be not able to reflect the complexity of organizational mergers, it might help to test key variables for its unique effect to situation of change. Another possibility might be to compare effects of organizational merger literature with literature from non-merging context via meta-analytic procedure. We think it is valuable to explore these processes and variables that have a particular importance to change situation compared to stable situations. Strength and Limitations The present study has some unique strengths. One strength is the unique context of the study in which is it possible to compare merged to non-merged organizations within the same organizational context. To our knowledge, there are no prior data enabling such a comparison and showing that job satisfaction indeed decreases in merging compared to non-merging contexts. Furthermore, the current dataset enables us as well to test for unique effects that can compensate this drop in job satisfaction due to organizational mergers. A second strength is the longitudinal design of the study allowing including time as a variable. While a few studies on organizational mergers have used longitudinal data (Amiot et al., 2006, 2007; Gleibs et al., 2008; Schweiger & DeNisi, 1991) there still is a scarcity of such studies. Further, previous studies did not focus on temporal changes of the variables as predictors and/or outcomes. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 31 Every research has its weaknesses and ours is no exception. While our theoretical reasoning is on a more psychological level, one might argue that the appropriate level of analysis would be the individual level. However, there are several arguments that would support an analysis on organizational level as more useful. First, individual level effects should accumulate on an organizational level. Second, job satisfaction on organizational level has been shown to be a more reliable predictor of organizational performance than individual level job satisfaction (Ostroff, 1992). Third, as we have been comparing workforces of merging with non-merging organizations, the organizational level of analysis seem to the appropriate one. Finally, due to the nature of the dataset, we were not able to match individuals over time, but rather had to analyze organizational values. As a result, however, we cannot determine what drives the changes in supportive leadership within the organizations over time. It could be due to increases of supportive leadership of leaders or due to changes in leaders within the organization. Thus, future research needs to clarify the micro level mechanisms that produce the overall organizational changes in supportive leadership. A second limitation may be the question of generalizability. The study has been conducted in a public sector organization that has unique characteristics. As argued above, mergers in such contexts are often politicized (Fulop et al., 2005). Thus, the question remains in how far one might be able to find similar results in private organizational contexts. We believe that similar findings for the differences between merging and non-merging organizations might be found. Nevertheless, the overall drop in job satisfaction for both non-merging and merging organizations could depend on the respective organizational context. As the NHS and its merger of the primary care trusts has been exposed to a political debate (BBC News, 05/16/2006) which might explain the overall drop in job satisfaction, other context might not necessarily imply a JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 32 drop in job satisfaction. For example, Amiot and colleagues (2007) did not find changes in job satisfaction over time. To judge, however, whether such stability of job satisfaction is a positive sign or not, one would need to compare it to other organizations at the same time that did not undergo a merger in a similar organizational context. The current study allowed this test and the main findings relate to these differences between merging and non-merging organizations. Conclusion Organizational mergers are dynamic change processes demanding employees to adapt to the newly merged organization. Such changes are stressful and decrease employees’ levels of job satisfaction. Results of a longitudinal study on organizational level indicate that the direct leaders of employees are able to help employees to adjust by increasing their supportive leadership over time. Consequently, human resource managers need to instruct leaders on all levels of the organization to invest more time for their followers during these turbulent times of change. Leadership is indeed crucial for organizational mergers (Sitkin & Pablo, 2005). JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 33 REFERENCES Amiot, C.E., Terry, D. J. & Callan, V.J. 2007. Status, equity and social identification during an intergroup merger: A longitudinal study. British Journal of Social Psychology, 46: 557– 577. Amiot, C.E., Terry, D.J., Jimmieson, N.L. & Callan, V.J. 2006. A longitudinal investigation of coping processes during a merger: Implications for job satisfaction and organizational identification. Journal of Management, 32: 552–574. Andrade, G, Mitchell, M., & Stafford, E. (2001). New evidence and perspectives on mergers. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 15: 103-120. Bass, B.M. 1985. Leadership and performance beyond expectations. New York: Free Press. BBC News. 2006. Local health bodies face shake-up. Retrieved on 26th April 2011 via http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/health/4987430.stm Bliese, P.D. 2000. Within-group agreement, non-independence, and reliability: Implications for data aggregation and analysis. In K.J. Klein & S.W.J. Kozlowski (Eds.), Multilevel theory, research, and methods in organizations: 349-381. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass. Buono, A.F. & Bowditch, J.L. 1989. The human side of mergers and acquisitions: Managing collisions between people, cultures, and organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Buunk, A.P. 1990. Affiliation and helping interactions within organizations: a critical analysis of the role of social support with regard to occupational stress. In W. Stroebe & M. Hewstone (Eds), European Review of Social Psychology, 1: 293-322. Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons. Cartwright, S. 2005. Mergers and acqusitions: An update and appraisal. In G.P. Hodgkinson and J. K. Ford (Eds), International Review of Industrial and Organizational psychology, 20: pp. 1-38. Chichester, UK: Wiley. Cartwright, S. & Schoenberg, R. 2006. Thirty years of mergers and acquisitions research: Recent advances and future opportunities. British Journal of Management, 17: S1-S5. Chan, D. 1998. Functional relations among constructs in the same content domain at different levels of analysis: A typology of composition models. Journal of Applied Psychology, 83: 234-246. Citera, M. & Rentsch, J.R. 1993. Is there justice in organizational acquisitions? The role of distributive and procedural fairness in corporate acquisitions. In R. Cropanzano (Ed.), Justice in the workplace: Approaching fairness in human resource management: 211– 230. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/2/hi/health/4987430.stm JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 34 Citera, M. & Stuhlmacher, A.F. 2001. A policy-modeling approach to examining fairness judgments in organizational acquisitions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14: 309– 327. Cohen, S. & Wills, T.A. 1985. Stress, social support, and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 92: 310-357. Covin, T.J., Kolenko, T.A., Sightler K.W. & Tudor R.K. 1997. Leadership style and post- acquisition satisfaction. Journal of Management Development, 16: 22–33. Datta, D.K. 1991. Organizational fit and acquisition performance: Effects of post-acquisition integration. Strategic Management Journal, 12: 281-297. Denis, J.L., Lamothe, L. & Langley, A. 1999. The struggle to implement teaching-hospital mergers. Canadian Public Administration, 42: 285–311. Department of Health. 2010. The Operating Framework for the NHS in England 2011/12. http://www.dh.gov.uk/en/Publicationsandstatistics/Publications/PublicationsPolicyAndGuida nce/DH_122738. Accessed 25 November 2011. Eisenberger, R., Cummings, J., Armeli, S. & Lynch, P. 1997. Perceived organizational support, discretionary treatment and job satisfaction. Journal of Applied Psychology, 82: 812–820. Eisenberger, R., Huntington, R., Hutchison, S. & Sowa, D. 1986. Perceived organizational support. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71: 500–507. Eisenberger, R., Stinglhamber, F., Vandenberghe, C., Sucharski, I. & Rhoades, L. 2002.Perceived supervisor support: contributions to perceived organizational support and employee retention. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87: 565–573. Ellis, K.M., Reus, T.H. & Lamont, B.T. 2009. The effects of procedural and informational justice in the integration of related acquisitions. Strategic Management Journal, 30: 137- 161. Elstak, M.N., Bhatt, M., Riel, C.B.M. van, Pratt, M.G. & Berens, G.A.J.M. 2015. Organizational identification during a merger: the role of self-enhancement and uncertainty reduction motives. Journal of Management Studies, 52: 32-62. Fischer, J. & Sousa-Poza, A., 2008. Does job satisfaction improve the health of workers? New evidence using panel data and objective measures of health. Health Economics, 18: 71- 89. Fleishman, E.A. & Peters, D.R. 1962. Interpersonal values, leadership attitudes, and managerial success. Personnel Psychology, 15: 127–143. Fornell, C. & Larcker, D. 1981. Structural equation models with unobservable variables and measurement error. Journal of Marketing Research, 18: 39-50. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 35 Fugate, M., Kinicki, A.J. & Scheck, C.L. 2002. Coping with an organizational merger over four states. Personnel Psychology, 55: 905-928. Fulop, N., Protopsalis, G., King, A., Allen, P., Hutchings, A. & Normand, C., 2005. Changing organisations: a study of the context and processes of mergers of health care providers in England. Social Science and Medicine, 60: 119-130. Giessner, S.R. 2011. Is the merger necessary? The interactive effect of perceived necessity and sense of continuity on post-merger identification. Human Relations, 64: 1079-1098. Giessner, S.R., Horton, K.E. & Humborstad, S.I.W. 2016. Identity management during organizational mergers: Empirical insights and practical advice. Social Issues and Policy Review, 10: 47-81. Giessner, S.R., Ullrich, J. & Dick, R. van. 2012. A social identity analysis of mergers & cquisitions. In D. Faulkner, S. Teerikangas, and R. Joseph (Eds.), Handbook of Mergers & Acquisitions: 474-495. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Giessner, S.R., Viki,G.T., Otten, S., Terry, D.J. & Täuber, S. 2006. The challenge of merging: Merger patterns, pre-merger status and merger support. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 32: 339-352. Gleibs, I., Mummendey, A. & Noack, P. 2008. Predictors of change in post-merger identification throughout a merger process: A longitudinal study. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 95: 1095-1112. Hambrick, D.C. & Cannella, A.A. Jr. 1993. Relative standing: A framework for understanding departures of acquired executives. Academy of Management Journal, 36: 733-762. Haunschild, P.R., Moreland, R.L. & Murell, A.J. 1994. Sources of resistance to mergers between groups. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 24: 1150–1178. Healthcare Commission. 2004. 2003 NHS Staff Survey. London: Healthcare Commission. Herold, D.M., Fedor, D.B., Caldwell, S.D. & Yi, L. 2008. The effects of transformational and change leadership on employees' commitment to a change: a multilevel study. Journal of Applied Psychology, 93: 346-57. HM Government. 2006. Changes to Primary Care Trusts. http://www.official- documents.gov.uk/document/cm67/6760/6760.pdf. Accessed 25 November 2011. Hogan, E.A. & Overmyer-Day, L. 1994. The psychology of mergers and acquisitions. In C.L. Cooper and L.T. Robertson (Eds), International review of industrial and organizational psychology, 9: 247-281. Chichester, UK, Wiley. Hogg, M.A., & Terry, D.J. 2000. Social identity and self-categorization processes in organizational contexts. Academy of Management Review, 25: 121-140. http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm67/6760/6760.pdf.%20Accessed%2025%20November%202011 http://www.official-documents.gov.uk/document/cm67/6760/6760.pdf.%20Accessed%2025%20November%202011 JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 36 Hollander, E.P. 1964. Leaders, groups, and influence. New York: Oxford University Press. Huy, Q.N. 2002. Emotional balancing of organizational continuity and radical change: The contribution of middle managers. Administrative Science Quarterly, 47: 31-69. James, L.R., Demaree, R.G. & Wolf, G. 1993. rwg: An assessment of within-group interrater agreement. Journal of Applied Psychology, 78: 306-309. Judge, T.A., Thoresen, C.J., Bono, J.E. & Patton G.K. 2001. The job satisfaction job performance relationship: a qualitative and quantitative review. Psychological Bulletin, 127: 376-407. Kavanagh, M. & Ashkansay, N. 2006. The impact of leadership and change management strategy on organizational culture and individual acceptance of change during a merger. British Journal of Management, 17: 81-103. King, D.R., Dalton, D.R., Daily, C.M. & Covin, J. G. 2004. Meta-analyses of post-acquisition performance: Indications of unidentified moderators. Strategic Management Journal, 25: 187–200. Kouzes, J.M. & Posner, B.Z. 1987. The leadership challenge: How to get extraordinary things done in organizations. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Larsson, R., & Finkelstein, S. 1999. Integrating strategic, organizational, and human resource perspectives on mergers and acquisitions: A case survey of synergy realization. Organization Science, 10: 1-26. LeBreton, J.M. & Senter, J.L. 2008. Answers to twenty questions about interrater reliability and interrater agreement. Organizational Research Methods, 11: 815-852. Lipponen, J., Olkkonen, M.E. & Moilanen M. 2004. Perceived procedural justice and employee responses to an organizational merger. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 13: 391–413. Locke, E. 1969. What is job satisfaction? Organizational Behavior and Human Performance, 4: 309-336. Mackenzie, K.D. 2000. Processes and their frameworks. Management Science, 46: 110-125. Marks, M.L. & Mirvis. P.H. 2001. Making Mergers and Acquisitions work: Strategic and psychological preparation. The Academy of Management Executive, 15: 80-94. Meindl, J.R. & Ehrlich, S.B. 1987. The romance of leadership and the evaluation of organizational performance. Academy of Management Journal, 30: 91–109. Nahavandi, A. & Malekzadeh, A.L. 1988. Acculturation in mergers and acquisitions. Academy of Management Review, 13: 79-90. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 37 Nemanich, L.A. & Keller, R.T., 2007. Transformational leadership in an acquisition: A field study of employees. Leadership Quarterly, 18: 49-68. Nemanich, L.A. & Vera, D. 2009. Transformational leadership and ambidexterity in the context of an acquisition. Leadership Quarterly, 20: 19-33. Newman, J.M. & Krzystofiak, F.J. 1993. Changes in employee attitudes after an acquisition. Group & Organization Management, 18: 390–410. NHS Confederation. 2011. The legacy of primary care trusts. http://www.nhsconfed.org/Publications/Documents/The_legacy_of_PCTs.pdf . Assessed 10 October 10 2013 Ostroff, C. 1992. The relationship between satisfaction, attitudes, and performance: An organizational level Analysis. Journal of Applied Psychology, 77: 963-974. Pettigrew, A.M., Ferlie, E. & McKee, L. 1992. Shaping strategic change. London: Sage. Pettigrew, A.M., Woodman, R.W. & Cameron, K.S. 2001. Study of organizational change and development: Challenges for future research. Academy of Management Journal, 44: 697– 713. Picker Institute Europe. 2011. Guidance Manual for the NHS Staff Survey 2011. http://nhsstaffsurveys.com/cms/uploads/ST11_GuidanceNotes.pdf. Accessed 25 November 2011. Rafferty, A.E. & Griffin, M.A. 2006a. Perceptions of organizational change: A stress and coping perspective. Journal of Applied Psychology, 91: 1154-1162. Rafferty, A.E. & Griffin, M.A., 2006b. Refining individualized consideration: Distinguishing developmental leadership and supportive leadership. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 79: 37-61. Rafferty, A.E. & Restubog, S.L.D. 2010. The impact of change processes and context on change reactions and turnover during a merger. Journal of Management, 36: 1309- 1338. Rhoades, L. & Eisenberger, R. 2002. Perceived organizational support: A review of the literature. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87: 698–714. Schweiger, D.M. & DeNisi, A.S. 1991. Communication with employees following a merger: A longitudinal field experiment. Academy of Management Journal, 34: 110–135. Schweiger, D.M. & Ivancevich, J.M. 1985. Human resources: The forgotten factor in mergers and acquisitions. Personnel Administrator, 30: 47-61. Seo, M.G. & Hill, N.S. 2005. Understanding the human side of merger and acquisition: An integrative framework. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 41: 422–443. http://nhsstaffsurveys.com/cms/uploads/ST11_GuidanceNotes.pdf.%20Accessed%2025 JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 38 Shore, L.M. & Shore, T.H., 1995. Perceived organizational support and organizational justice. In R. S. Cropanzano and K. M. Kacmar (Eds.), Organizational politics, justice, and support: Managing the social climate of the workplace: 149–164. Westport, CT: Quorum. Shrivastava, P. 1986. Postmerger integration. Journal of Business Strategy, 7(1): 65-76. Sitkin, S.B. & Pablo, A.L., 2005. The neglected importance of leadership in mergers and acquisitions. In G. K. Stahl and M. E. Mendenhall (Eds.), Mergers and acquisitions: Managing culture and human resources. Standford, CA: University Press. Smith, J., Walshe, K. & Hunter, D.J. 2001. The ‘redisorganisation’ of the NHS. British Medical Journal, 323: 1262–1263. Spector, P.E. 1997. Job satisfaction: Application, assessment, causes,and consequences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Stahl, G.K., Mendenhall, M.E., Pablo, A.L. & Javidan, M. 2005. Sociocultural integration in mergers and acquisitions. In G. K. Stahl and M. E. Mendenhall (Eds.), Mergers and acquisitions: Managing culture and human resources. Standford, CA: University Press. Terry, D.J. 2001. Intergroup relations and organizational mergers. In M. A. Hogg and D. J. Terry (Eds.), Social identity processes in organizational contexts: 229–247. Brighton: Psychology Press. Terry, D.J., Callan, V.J. & Sartori, G. 1996. A test of a stress-coping model of adjustment to a large-scale organizational change. Stress Medicine, 12: 105-122. Tyler, T.R., & Cremer, D. De. 2005. Process based leadership: Fair procedures, identification, and the acceptance of change. Leadership Quarterly, 16: 529–545. Ullrich, J., Wieseke, J. & Dick, R. van. 2005. Continuity and change in mergers and acquisitions: A social identity case study of a German industrial merger. Journal of Management Studies: 42, 1549–1569. van de Ven, A.H. & Huber, G.P. 1990. Longitudinal field research methods for studying processes of organizational change. Organization Science, 1: 213-219. van Dick, R., Ullrich, J. & Tissington, P.A. 2006. Working under a black cloud: How to sustain organizational identification after a merger. British Journal of Management, 17: 69–79. van Knippenberg, D., van Knippenberg, B., Monden, L. & deLima, F. 2002. Organizational identification after a merger: A social identity perspective. British Journal of Social Psychology, 41: 233-252. Väänänen, A., Pahkin, K., Kalimo, R. & Buunk, B. 2004. Maintenance of subjective health during a merger: The role of experienced change and pre-merger social support at work in white- and blue-collar workers. Social Science of Medicine, 58: 1903–1915. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 39 Waldman, D.A. & Javidan, M. 2007. Alternative forms of charismatic leadership in the integration of mergers and acquisitions. Leadership Quarterly, 20: 130-142. Waldman, A., Ramirez, G.G., House, R.J. & Puranam, P. 2001. Does leadership matter? CEO leadership attributes under conditions of perceived environmental uncertainty. Academy of Management Journal, 44: 134–143. Warr, P., Cook, J. & Wall, T. 1979. Scales for the measurement of some work attitudes and aspects of psychological well-being. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 52: 129 - 148. Weber, R.A. & Camerer, C.F. 2003. Cultural conflict and merger failure: An experimental approach. Management Science, 49: 400–415. Yukl, G. 2010. Leadership in organizations (7th edn). New York: Prentice Hall. JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 40 TABLE 1 Means, Standard Deviations and Intercorrelations of Study Variables Mean Standard deviation Correlations 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. Merger status1 0.45 0.50 2. PCT size2 1403 828 0.55*** 3. Supportive leadership 2005 3.62 0.08 0.05 -0.07 4. Supportive leadership 2007 3.67 0.10 -0.18* -0.01 0.48*** 5. Job satisfaction 2005 3.57 0.08 0.17* -0.05 0.86*** 0.41*** 6. Job satisfaction 2007 3.48 0.09 -0.17* -0.04 0.46*** 0.86*** 0.48*** Notes 11 = Merged, 0 = Non-merged 2Measured as number of employees in 2007 (i.e. post-merger) * p < .05; ** p < .01; *** p < .001 JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 41 TABLE 2 Repeated Measures ANOVA Results H1 H2 H3 Intercept 3.58*** 0.84*** 3.59*** Merger status1 .04** -0.23 .03 PCT size2 .00 .00 .00 Year3 -.09*** .56** -.11*** Supportive leadership 2005 .75*** Change in supportive leadership -.20* Merger status * Year -.08*** .67 -0.04*** PCT size * Year .00** .00* .00 Supportive leadership 2005 * Year -.18*** Merger status * Supportive leadership 2005 .07 Merger status * Supportive leadership 2005 * Year -.21 Change in supportive leadership * Year .62*** Merger status * Change in supportive leadership -.03 Merger status * Change in supportive leadership * Year .19* Effect size (F) for hypothesized interaction 26.91*** 1.76 4.54* Notes. Figures in central section of table are unstandardized parameter estimates 11 = Merged, 0 = Non-merged 2 Measured as number of employees in 2007 (i.e. post-merger) 3 0 = 2005, 1 = 2007 * p < .05; ** p < .01; *** p < .001 JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 42 FIGURE 1 Change in Job Satisfaction by Merger Status 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 2005 2007 J o b S a ti sf a ci o n Merged Non- merged JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 43 FIGURE 2 Interaction between Change in Supportive Leadership and Merger Status -0,5 -0,4 -0,3 -0,2 -0,1 0 0,1 0,2 0,3 Decrease in supportive leadership Increase in supportive leadership C h a n g e in j o b s a ti sf a ci o n Merged Non- merged JOB SATISFACTION AND SUPPORTIVE LEADERSHIP 44 FIGURE 3 Interaction between Change in Supportive Leadership and Merger Status 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 2005 2007 J o b S a ti sf a ct io n (1) Merged, Increase in supportive leadership (2) Merged, Decrease in supportive leadership (3) Non-merged, Increase in supportive leadership (4) Non-merged, Decrease in supportive leadership

    Grösse: 431 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 17.10.2016

    pdf

    • Dokument

    LEIE_38(2)_P5.indd

    , Ch. 323, 38 Stat. 730, 15 U.S.C. ss 12–27, 29 U.S.C. ss 52–53. 3 Broadcast Music v. CBS, 441 US 1 [...] or in order to assess specifi c aspects of a cartel, such as its scope or the extent of individual [...] , due to this open and unspecifi c terminology, it has not always been evident that com- parator

    Grösse: 257 KB

    Erstellungsdatum: 24.02.2019

    pdf

Zeige Ergebnisse 261 bis 270 von 404.

  • …
  • 23
  • 24
  • 25
  • 26
  • 27
  • 28
  • 29
  • 30
  • 31
  • 32
  • …
Universität Luzern

Universität Luzern
Frohburgstrasse 3
Postfach
6002 Luzern

T +41 41 229 50 00

Kontakt
Lageplan

  • Facebook
  • Twitter
  • YouTube
  • Instagram
  • LinkedIn
  • TikTok
  • Bluesky
    • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen
    • Studieninteressierte
    • Studierende
    • Forschende
    • Mitarbeitende
    • Alumni
    • Stellensuchende
    • Förderer
    • Medien
    • Bibliothek
    • Hochschulsport
    • Mensa
    • Online-Shop
    • Studiladen & Café «Baloo»
    • Kindertagesstätte
    • Vorlesungsverzeichnis
    • Uniportal
    • Follow-Me-Printing­ ­(nur Uni/ZHB-Standorte)
    • StudMAIL
    • OLAT
swissuniversities
  • Impressum und Datenschutz
  • Inhaltsverzeichnis
  • DE Sprachmenü öffnen, um die Sprache zu ändern
  • EN Sprache auf Englisch umschalten
Uni-Tools Links auf Portalseiten der Uni @todo: wording
  • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen
  • Studien­interessierte
  • Studierende
  • Forschende
  • Mitarbeitende
  • Alumni
  • Stellensuchende
  • Förderer
  • Medien
  • Personen
  • Projekte & Publikationen
  • Studiengänge Bachelor
  • Studiengänge Master
  • News
  • Agenda
  • Magazin
  • Kontakt
  • Studium Zeige das Studium Untermenü
    • Studieren in Luzern
    • Studien­angebot
    • Infoveranstaltungen
    • Schnupper- und Förderangebote
    • Anmeldung und Zulassung
    • Lehrveranstaltungen, Prüfungen, Reglemente
    • Termine und Informationen
    • Beratung
    • Mobilität
  • Weiterbildung Zeige das Weiterbildung Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • Theologische Fakultät
    • Kultur- und Sozial­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Rechts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Wirtschafts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Fakultät für Gesundheits­wissenschaften und Medizin
    • Fakultät für Verhaltenswissenschaften und Psychologie
    • Weiterbildungsakademie
  • Forschung Zeige das Forschung Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • Forschung in Luzern
    • Förderung und Finanzierung
    • Wissenschaftliche Integrität und Forschungsethik
    • Open Science und Forschungsdaten
  • Campus Zeige das Campus Untermenü
    • Bibliothek
    • Career Services
    • Gesundheitswoche
    • Beratung und Seelsorge
    • Informatik
    • Krankenversicherung
    • Kultur
    • Mensa
    • Sport
    • Sprachkurse
    • Studentische Organisationen
    • Studiladen & Café «Baloo»
    • Online-Shop
    • Wohnen
    • Homecoming Party
    • Uni/PH-Gebäude
    • Uni für alle
  • Universität Zeige das Universität Untermenü
    • Porträt
    • Organe und Vertretungen
    • Akademien
    • Institute mit externer Trägerschaft
    • Dienste
    • Kommissionen
    • Förderung
    • Reglemente und Weisungen
  • Fakultäten Zeige das Fakultäten Untermenü
    • Theologische Fakultät
    • Kultur- und Sozial­­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Rechtswissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Wirtschafts­wissenschaftliche Fakultät
    • Fakultät für Gesundheits­­wissenschaften und Medizin
    • Fakultät für Verhaltens­wissen­schaften und Psychologie
  • International Zeige das International Untermenü
    • Übersicht
    • News
    • Veranstaltungen
    • Internationale Kooperationen
    • Mobilität
    • Strategie
    • Internationale Studierende
    • Internationale Forschende
    • Internationale Forschungsförderung
  • News
  • Agenda
  • Magazin
  • Kontakt

Letzte Suchen

Sie haben noch keine Suche getätigt.

Die Uni für…

  • Schulklassen und Lehrpersonen

  • Studien­interessierte

  • Studierende

  • Forschende

  • Mitarbeitende

  • Alumni

  • Stellensuchende

  • Förderer

  • Medien

Beliebte Inhalte

  • Vorlesungsverzeichnis

  • Bibliothek

  • Sportangebot

  • Menuplan Mensa

  • Anmeldung und Zulassung

Suchvorschläge

    Inhalte

      Uni-Tools

      (externe Websites)

      • Vorlesungsverzeichnis
      • UniPortal
      • StudMAIL
      • Webmail Ma
      • OLAT
      • SWITCHfilesender
      • SWITCHdrive
      • SWITCHtube
      • Follow-me-Print (nur Uni-Standorte)

      Service

      • Über «cogito»
      • PDF und Archiv
      • Newsletter
      • Printabo
      • Inserieren
      • Impressum
      • Kontakt
      • Extra